You are on page 1of 315

CCNP

CISCO CERTIFIED NETWORK PROFESSIONAL

LAB MANUAL

VER 2.0

Page 1 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

We can write a 1000 page book, but we can’t find enough words to describe the
credit Mr. Siddiq Ahmed deserves for what is good about this book. Your ability to guide
us made the toughest things easy in developing this book. We still refuse to write a book
unless you develop it!!

Behind the scenes at Netmetrics is a vast array of talented people – all of whom
made it possible to develop the book. People, who provided the right equipment in the
right time, people who maintained a friendly atmosphere to finish the work in time. Many
thanks to you all for the hard and good work.

Thanks to Nizam, Anwar, Afsar, Awadh, Sreenivas and Mr. Prasad for finding
better ways to describe how the technical pieces fit together, for fixing errors.

Thanks to Mr. Abdur Rahman for giving us the time we needed to work on this
book and by making sure the job was fun.

Finally, no acknowledgement section could be complete without acknowledging
ourselves, who took all the responsibility and dedication in completing the book.

Finally, to GOD, who gives us strength when things are tough, and peace beyond
belief – THANK YOU!!!

Page 2 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
PAPER 1

Routing
BUILDING SCALABLE CISCO INTERNETWORKS

BSCI (642–901)

Page 3 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Module 1 – EIGRP

Page 4 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
EIGRP LABS INDEX

1. CONFIGURING BASIC EIGRP

2. CONFIGURING IP DEFAULT-NETWORK COMMAND

3. CONFIGURE ROUTE SUMMARIZATION

4. LOAD BALANCING ACROSS EQUAL COST PATH

5. LOAD BALANCING ACROSS UNEQUAL COST PATH

6. CONFIGURE EIGRP AUTHENTICATION (MD5)

7. CONFIGURE EIGRP STUB

8. EIGRP REDISTRIBUTION WITH RIPv2

9. EIGRP REDISTRIBUTION WITH OSPF

10. CONFIGURE EIGRP WITH REDISTRIBUTE CONNECTED.

11. CONFIGURE EIGRP AND IGRP

Page 5 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 1 – Basic EIGRP Configuration

R1 R2

E0 S 0/2/0 S0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure EIGRP on 2 routers in AS 100. Disable Auto-summary.

R1 R2

Router eigrp 100 Router eigrp 100
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary No auto-summary

Verification :
Page 6 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
D 20.0.0.0/8 [90/2195456] via 1.1.1.2, 00:43:52, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

R1#show ip eigrp neighbors

IP-EIGRP neighbors for process 100
H Address Interface Hold Uptime SRTT RTO Q Seq
(sec) (ms) Cnt Num
0 1.1.1.2 Se0/2/0 13 00:45:08 355 2130 0 106

Page 7 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 9 Lab
– IP RIP
2 –Triggered
Configuring ip default-network
Command

R1 R2
R3
E0 S0 S1 S0
S0/2
E0

E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:
Page 8 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 1

Configure EIGRP according to the above scenario. Configure R1 ( S0, E0 ), R2 ( S1, S0,
E0 ) in EIGRP AS 100 and R3 ( S0/2 ) in EIGRP AS 200. Do not advertise network
30.0.0.0 in EIGRP process. R1 wants to send packets to network 30.0.0.0. Use the Ip
default-network command to accomplish this task. Also disable auto-summary.

R1 R2

Router eigrp 100 Router eigrp 100
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary Network 2.0.0.0
No auto-summary

Ip route 30.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 2.2.2.2
Ip default-network 2.0.0.0

R3

Router eigrp 100
Network 2.0.0.0
No auto-summary.

Verification :

R1#show ip route

Gateway of last resort is 1.1.1.2 to network 2.0.0.0

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
D* 2.0.0.0/8 [90/2681856] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:14, Serial0/2/0
D 20.0.0.0/8 [90/2195456] via 1.1.1.2, 00:04:43, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

The output displays network 2.0.0.0 as a D* route in the routing table as this is candidate
default-route established in R1 to reach network 30.0.0.0.

Note: When we ping from R1 to 30.1.1.1 network

R1 # ping 30.1.1.1

Result: 100% success

Page 9 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 3 – Route Summarization with EIGRP

R1 R2
R3
E0 S0/2/0 S1 S0 Loopback 1-8
S0/2

E0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 1 172.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 2 172.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 3 172.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 4 172.168.3.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 5 172.168.4.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 6 172.168.5.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 7 172.168.6.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 8 172.168.7.1 255.255.255.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1
Page 10 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Configure the following Loopback Interfaces on R3 and advertise them under EIGRP:

Loopback 1: 172.168.0.1/24
Loopback 2: 172.168.1.1/24
Loopback 3: 172.168.2.1/24
Loopback 4: 172.168.3.1/24
Loopback 5: 172.168.4.1/24
Loopback 6: 172.168.5.1/24
Loopback 7: 172.168.6.1/24
Loopback 8: 172.168.7.1/24
R3

Interface loopback 1
Ip address 172.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Interface loopback 2
Ip address 172.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Interface loopback 3
Ip address 172.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Interface loopback 4
Ip address 172.168.3.1 255.255.255.0
Interface loopback 5
Ip address 172.168.4.1 255.255.255.0
Interface loopback 6
Ip address 172.168.5.1 255.255.255.0
Interface loopback 7
Ip address 172.168.6.1 255.255.255.0
Interface loopback 8
Ip address 172.168.7.1 255.255.255.0

Router eigrp 100
Network 2.0.0.0
Network30.0.0.0
Network 172.168.1.0 0.0.0.255
Network 172.168.2.0 0.0.0.255
Network 172.168.3.0 0.0.0.255
Network 172.168.4.0 0.0.0.255
Network 172.168.5.0 0.0.0.255
Network 172.168.6.0 0.0.0.255
Network 172.168.7.0 0.0.0.255
Network 172.168.0.0 0.0.0.255
No auto-summary
Task 2

Page 11 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Configure EIGRP on R1 and R2. Advertise the directly connected networks in EIGRP in
AS 100. Disable auto-summary. Also configure route summarization so that only one
summary route is advertised to R1.

R1 R2

Router eigrp 100 Router eigrp 100
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary Network 2.0.0.0
No auto-summary

Int s0
Ip summary-address eigrp 100 172.168.0.0
255.255.248.0

Verification:

R1#show ip route
C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
D 2.0.0.0/8 [90/2681856] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:02, Serial0/2/0
D 20.0.0.0/8 [90/2195456] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:02, Serial0/2/0
172.168.0.0/21 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D 172.168.0.0 [90/2809856] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:02, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
D 30.0.0.0/8 [90/2707456] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:02, Serial0/2/0
With route summarization on R2 a summary route is created pointing to null 0
R2#show ip route
C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
172.168.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 9 subnets, 2 masks
D 172.168.4.0/24 [90/2297856] via 2.2.2.2, 00:07:13, Serial1
D 172.168.5.0/24 [90/2297856] via 2.2.2.2, 00:07:08, Serial1
D 172.168.6.0/24 [90/2297856] via 2.2.2.2, 00:07:04, Serial1
D 172.168.7.0/24 [90/2297856] via 2.2.2.2, 00:06:56, Serial1
D 172.168.0.0/24 [90/2297856] via 2.2.2.2, 00:06:49, Serial1
D 172.168.0.0/21 is a summary, 00:01:24, Null0
D 172.168.1.0/24 [90/2297856] via 2.2.2.2, 00:07:33, Serial1
D 172.168.2.0/24 [90/2297856] via 2.2.2.2, 00:07:25, Serial1
D 172.168.3.0/24 [90/2297856] via 2.2.2.2, 00:07:18, Serial1
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/2172416] via 1.1.1.1, 00:01:30, Serial0
D 30.0.0.0/8 [90/2195456] via 2.2.2.2, 00:08:03, Serial1

Page 12 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 4 – Load balancing across Equal Cost Path

R1 R2
S0 S0
E0 E0

S1
S1

Interface IP Address Configuration

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
S1 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure EIGRP AS 100 as per the above scenario and verify load balancing using the
traceroute command on R3 :

R2 R3

Router eigrp 100 Router eigrp 100
Network 20.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Page 13 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 30.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
No auto-summary No auto-summary

Verification:

R3#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
D 20.0.0.0/8 [90/2195456] via 1.1.1.1, 00:07:42, Serial1
[90/2195456] via 2.2.2.1, 00:07:42, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

First Traceroute packet going via 1.1.1.1

R3#traceroute 20.1.1.1

Type escape sequence to abort.
Tracing the route to 20.1.1.1

1 1.1.1.1 32 msec
2.2.2.1 20 msec *

Second Traceroute packet going via 2.2.2.1

R3#traceroute 20.1.1.1

Type escape sequence to abort.
Tracing the route to 20.1.1.1

1 2.2.2.1 20 msec
1.1.1.1 28 msec *

Page 14 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 5 – Load balancing across Unequal Cost
Path
(Scenario Based On Lab 4)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
S1 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure EIGRP AS 100 as per the above scenario. Make the links unequal cost paths
using the bandwidth command in interface mode and verify load balancing.

Use the variance command to gain load balancing

R1 R2
Router eigrp 100 Router eigrp 100
Network 20.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 30.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
No auto-summary Variance 2
No auto-summary
Interface S 0
Bandwidth 800

The variance multiplier set in the variance command when multiplied by the successor
FD, must be greater than the feasible successor FD. Thus the feasible successors whose
FD is less than the above calculated value are installed in the routing table.

Page 15 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

With out the variance command:

R2#sh ip eigrp topology

P 1.0.0.0/8, 1 successors, FD is 2169856
via Connected, Serial1
P 2.0.0.0/8, 1 successors, FD is 3712000
via Connected, Serial0
via 1.1.1.2 (2681856/2169856), Serial1
P 20.0.0.0/8, 1 successors, FD is 281600
via Connected, Ethernet0
P 30.0.0.0/8, 1 successors, FD is 2195456
via 1.1.1.2 (2195456/281600), Serial1
via 2.2.2.2 (3737600/281600), Serial0

The output displays 2 routes installed in the topology table with 2 different costs.

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
D 30.0.0.0/8 [90/2195456] via 1.1.1.2, 00:01:42, Serial1

With the variance command:

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
D 30.0.0.0/8 [90/2195456] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:04, Serial1
[90/3737600] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:04, Serial0

The output displays 2 routes installed in the routing table.

Page 16 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 6 – EIGRP Authentication

R1 R2

E0 S1 S0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure MD5 authentication for the links. Use cisco123 as the key-string with a key-id
of 1.

R1 R2

Int S1 Int S 0
Ip authentication mode eigrp 100 md5 Ip authentication mode eigrp 100 md5
Ip authentication key-chain eigrp 100 chain1 Ip authentication key-chain eigrp 100 chain 2

Key chain chain1 Key chain chain 2
Key 1 Key 1
Key-string cisco123 Key-string cisco123

Page 17 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification

With EIGRP Authentication:

R2#show ip eigrp neighbors

IP-EIGRP neighbors for process 100
H Address Interface Hold Uptime SRTT RTO Q Seq
(sec) (ms) Cnt Num
0 2.2.2.2 Se1 14 00:00:24 40 240 0 2

Verify authentication by using debug EIGRP packets

R2#debug eigrp packets

*Mar 1 02:52:50.895: EIGRP: Sending HELLO on Ethernet0
*Mar 1 02:52:50.899: AS 100, Flags 0x0, Seq 0/0 idbQ 0/0 iidbQ un/rely 0/0
*Mar 1 02:52:53.219: EIGRP: received packet with MD5 authentication, key id = 1

*Mar 1 02:52:53.223: EIGRP: Received HELLO on Serial1 nbr 2.2.2.2
*Mar 1 02:52:53.223: AS 100, Flags 0x0, Seq 0/0 idbQ 0/0 iidbQ un/rely 0/0 p

With authentication mismatch:

R2#show ip eigrp neighbors

IP-EIGRP neighbors for process 100
-----------NIL----------------

R2#debug eigrp packets

*Mar 1 02:58:05.895: EIGRP: Sending HELLO on Serial1
*Mar 1 02:58:05.895: AS 100, Flags 0x0, Seq 0/0 idbQ 0/0 iidbQ un/rely 0/0
*Mar 1 02:58:06.347: EIGRP: Sending HELLO on Ethernet0
*Mar 1 02:58:06.351: AS 100, Flags 0x0, Seq 0/0 idbQ 0/0 iidbQ un/rely 0/0
*Mar 1 02:58:08.471: EIGRP: pkt key id = 1, authentication mismatch
*Mar 1 02:58:08.475: EIGRP: Serial1: ignored packet from 2.2.2.2, opcode = 5 (invalid
authentication)

Page 18 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 7 – Configuring EIGRP STUB

R1 R2
R3
E0 S0 S1/0 S1 Loopback 0 - 3
S1/0

E 0/0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 172.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 1 172.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 2 172.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 3 172.168.3.1 255.255.255.0

Page 19 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure EIGRP AS 100 as per the above scenario on R1, R2 and R3. Disable auto-
summary. Only one summary route must be advertised to R2 and R1

R1 R2

Router eigrp 100 Router eigrp 100
Network 2.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 3.0.0.0
No auto-summary Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary
R3

Router eigrp 100
Network 3.0.0.0
Network 30.0.0.0
Network 172.168.0.0
No auto-summary

Interface s 1/0
Ip summary-address eigrp 100 172.168.0.0
255.255.252.0

Verification:

Without configuring stub in R3:

R2#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
172.168.0.0/22 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D 172.168.0.0 [90/20640000] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 2.2.2.1, Serial1/0
D 30.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1

The output displays directly connected routes, summary route and Eigrp routes.

Page 20 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2 :

Configure Eigrp Stub on R3, preventing R3 to send any routes to R2, but R2 receives
routes from R1.

R3

Router eigrp 100
Eigrp stub receive-only

Verification:

R2#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 2.2.2.1, Serial1/0

The output displays only network 10.0.0.0 (eigrp route) coming from R1 but no eigrp
routes from R3.

Task 3 :

Configure Eigrp Stub on R3, allowing R3 to send only connected routes to R2, but R2
receives any routes from R1.

R3

Router eigrp 100
Eigrp stub connected

Verification:

R2#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
172.168.0.0/24 is subnetted, 4 subnets
D 172.168.0.0 [90/20640000] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1
D 172.168.1.0 [90/20640000] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1
D 172.168.2.0 [90/20640000] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1
D 172.168.3.0 [90/20640000] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 2.2.2.1, Serial1/0
Page 21 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
D 30.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1

The output displays only connected eigrp routes from R3 to R2, but receives all routes
from R1.

Task 4 :

Configure Eigrp Stub on R3, allowing only summary routes from R3 to R2, but R2
receives any routes from R1.

R3

Router eigrp 100
Eigrp stub summary

Verification:

R2#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
172.168.0.0/22 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D 172.168.0.0 [90/20640000] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 2.2.2.1, Serial1/0

The output displays only summary route from R3, and also all routes from R1.

Task 5 :

Configure Eigrp Stub on R3, allowing connected and summary routes from R3 to R2, but
R2 receives any routes from R1.

R3

Router eigrp 100
Eigrp stub

Verification:

R2#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
Page 22 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
172.168.0.0/22 is subnetted, 1 subnets
D 172.168.0.0 [90/20640000] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 2.2.2.1, Serial1/0
D 30.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1

The output displays both connected and summary routes from R3 , as the command eigrp
stub defaults to ”eigrp stub connected summary”.

Task 6 :

R1 R2
R3
E0 S0 S1/0 S1/1 Loopback 0 - 3
S1/0

E0
E 0/0

FA0/0

FA 0/1

R4

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1/1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Page 23 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 172.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 1 172.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 2 172.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 3 172.168.3.1 255.255.255.0

R4

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
Fa 0/0 30.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
Fa 0/1 40.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Configure EIGRP in AS 100 on R1, R2, R3. Advertise only interface fa0/0 on R4 in
EIGRP AS 100. Configure static route in R3 to reach network 40.0.0.0 via 30.1.1.1.
Redistribute the static route in EIGRP AS 100.

R3

Ip route 40.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 30.1.1.2

Router eigrp 100
Redistribute static metric 10 10 10 10 10
Eigrp stub static

Verification:

R2#show ip route
Page 24 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
D EX 40.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 3.3.3.2, Serial1/1
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/20537600] via 2.2.2.1, Serial1/0

The output displays only directly connected of R1, R2 and redistributed static route from
R3, but blocking connected routes and summary routes from R3.

The output also displays the redistributed route as an external EIGRP route with AD 170

Page 25 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 8– Redistribute EIGRP with RIPv2

R1 R2
R3
S0 S0 S1
S0

E0
E0 Loopback 0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 40.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1

Configure EIGRP AS 100 on R1 ( S0, E0 ), R2 ( S0, E0 ) and RIPv2 on R2 ( S1,
Loopback 0 ) and R3 ( S0, E0 ) as per the above scenario. Mutually redistribute both
protocols.

Page 26 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 R3

Router eigrp 100 Router rip
Network 1.0.0.0 Version 2
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
No auto-summary Network 30.0.0.0
No auto-summary

R2

Router eigrp 100
Network 1.0.0.0
Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary
Redistribute rip metric 10 10 10 10 10

Router rip
Version 2
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 40.0.0.0
No auto-summary
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric 10

Verification :

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
D EX 2.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 1.1.1.2, 00:01:24, Serial0/2/0
D 20.0.0.0/8 [90/2195456] via 1.1.1.2, 00:12:18, Serial0/2/0
D EX 40.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 1.1.1.2, 00:01:24, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
D EX 30.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 1.1.1.2, 00:01:24, Serial0/2/0

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
C 40.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Loopback0
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/2172416] via 1.1.1.1, 00:14:29, Serial0
R 30.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:15, Serial1

Page 27 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3#show ip route

R 1.0.0.0/8 [120/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:23, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
R 20.0.0.0/8 [120/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:23, Serial0
R 40.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:23, Serial0
R 10.0.0.0/8 [120/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:23, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output displays that RIP routes are advertised in R1 EIGRP AS 100 as ‘D EX’
routes. EIGRP routes are advertised in RIP as ‘R’ routes.

Page 28 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 9 – Redistributing EIGRP with OSPF

R1 R2
R3
S0 S0 S1
S0

E0
E0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1:

Configure EIGRP AS 100 on R1 ( S0, E0 ), R2 ( S0 ) and OSPF area 0 on R2 ( S1, E0 ),
R3 ( S0 ) and OSPF area 1 on R3 ( E0 ) as per the above scenario. Mutually redistribute
both protocols.

R1 R3
Router ospf 1
Page 29 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Router eigrp 100 Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 1
Network 10.0.0.0
No auto-summary

R2

Router eigrp 100
Network 1.0.0.0
No auto-summary
Redistribute ospf 1 metric 10 10 10 10 10

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric 10 subnets

Verification :

R1#show ip route

1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
D EX 2.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:57, Serial0/2/0
D EX 20.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:57, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
D EX 30.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:57, Serial0/2/0

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
D 10.0.0.0/8 [90/2172416] via 1.1.1.1, 00:11:11, Serial0
O IA 30.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:42, Serial1

R3#show ip route

O E2 1.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:05, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:05, Serial0
O E2 10.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:05, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

Page 30 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 10 – Configuring EIGRP with Redistribute
Connected

R1 R2

E0 S0 S0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1 :

Configure EIGRP AS 100 and do not advertise network 10.0.0.0 and network 20.0.0.0
and redistribute network 10.0.0.0 and 20.0.0.0 into EIGRP.

R1 R2

Router eigrp 100 Router eigrp 100
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
No auto-summary No auto-summary
Redistribute connected metric 10 10 10 10 10 Redistribute connected metric 10 10 10 10 10

Verification :

R1#show ip route
C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
D EX 20.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:40, Serial0/2/0

Page 31 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
D EX 10.0.0.0/8 [170/256514560] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:33, Serial0
The output displays ‘D EX’ routes for both networks 10.0.0.0 and 20.0.0.0 in the routing
tables.

Page 32 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Module 2 – OSPF

Page 33 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
OSPF LAB INDEX

1. CONFIGURING OSPF IN SINGLE AREA

2. CONFIGURING OSPF IN MULTIPLE AREA

3. CONFIGURING ABR AND ASBR

4. CONFIGURE STUB

5. CONFIGURE TOTAL STUB

6. CONFIGURE NSSA

7. CONFIGURE NSSA TOTAL STUB

8. OSPF ROUTE SUMMARIZATION

9. OSPF VIRTUAL LINK

10. CONFIGURING OSPF AUTHENTICATION

11. OSPF ON BROADCAST MULTIACCESS

12. OSPF OVER FRAME-RELAY POINT-TO-POINT (SUB-INTERFACE)

13. OSPF OVER FRAME-RELAY POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT (PHYSICAL
INTERFACE)

Page 34 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 1 – Configuring OSPF in a Single Area

R1 R2
R3
S0 S0 S1
S0

E0
E0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Configure the Interface IP addresses based on the above table

Page 35 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 1

Configure OSPF in Area 0. Advertise all networks on all routers.

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Verification :

R1 # show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:03:58, Serial0/2/0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:03:58, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.2, 00:03:58, Serial0

OSPF routes are displayed as “O” routes in the routing table.

R1 # show ip ospf neighbor

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface
30.1.1.1 0 FULL/ - 00:00:32 2.2.2.2 Serial1
10.1.1.1 0 FULL/ - 00:00:33 1.1.1.1 Serial0

The symbol indicated by a dash [-] represents that the neighbor is on the serial interface
and DR and BDR are not used on point-to-point interfaces.

R1 # show ip ospf

Routing Process "OSPF 1" with ID 10.1.1.1
---output omitted---

This command displays the OSPF router-id.
Page 36 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2

Configure OSPF in Area 0. Advertise all networks on all routers. Hard Code the Router-
id based on the following Loop back ip address:

R1 Loopback 0 6.6.6.6
R2 Loopback 0 7.7.7.7
R3 Loopback 0 8.8.8.8

R1 R2

int loopback 0 int loopback 0
ip address 6.6.6.6 255.255.255.255 ip address 7.7.7.7 255.255.255.255
Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 6.6.6.6 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 7.7.7.7 0.0.0.0 area 0

R3

int loopback 0
ip address 8.8.8.8 255.255.255.255
Router ospf 1
Network 8.8.8.8 0.0.0.0 area 0

Verification:

R1# show ip ospf

Routing Process "OSPF 1" with ID 6.6.6.6
---output omitted---

This output displays that router-id chosen is 6.6.6.6 as it is the loopback address.

Repeat the same on router2 with loopback address as 7.7.7.7 and on router 3 with
loopback as 8.8.8.8 and verify using show ip OSPF command

Task 3

Configure OSPF in Area 0. Advertise all networks on all routers. Hard Code the Router-
id based on the following :

R1 3.3.3.3
R2 4.4.4.4
R3 5.5.5.5
Page 37 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Router-id 3.3.3.3 Router-id 4.4.4.4
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 6.6.6.6 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
Network 7.7.7.7 0.0.0.0 area 0

R3

Router ospf 1
Router-id 5.5.5.5
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
Network 8.8.8.8 0.0.0.0 area 0

Verification :-

R1#show ip ospf

Routing Process "ospf 1" with ID 3.3.3.3

This output displays that 3.3.3.3 router-id takes preference over physical and loopback
interface.

Page 38 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 2 – Configuring OSPF in Multiple Areas

( Sceanrio Based on Lab 1 )

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( S0 ), R2 ( S0, E0 ).
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R1 ( E0 ).
Configure OPSF in Area 2 on R2 ( S1 ), R3 ( S0, E0 )

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 1 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area2
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area0

R3
Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area2
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area2
Page 39 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1# show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:07:11, Serial0/2/0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:07:11, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O IA 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.2, 00:07:11, Serial0/2/0

The output displays ‘O’, ‘O IA’ routes.

The ABR can be verified by using the following command

R1# show ip ospf border-routers

OSPF Process 1 internal Routing Table
Codes: i - Intra-area route, I - Inter-area route
i 20.1.1.1 [64] via 1.1.1.2, Serial0/2/0, ABR, Area 0, SPF 2

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O IA 10.0.0.0/8 [110/65] via 1.1.1.1, 00:11:06, Serial0
O 30.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.2, 00:11:54, Serial1

R2#show ip ospf border-routers

OSPF Process 1 internal Routing Table
Codes: i - Intra-area route, I - Inter-area route
i 10.1.1.1 [64] via 1.1.1.1, Serial0, ABR, Area 0, SPF 6

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:12:44, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O IA 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.1, 00:12:43, Serial0
O IA 10.0.0.0/8 [110/129] via 2.2.2.1, 00:11:55, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

Page 40 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2

Configure OSPF as per task 1 and manipulate the Hello-interval time on R1

R1

int s0
ip ospf hello-interval 5

Verification:

Default hello-interval time:

R1#show ip ospf interface serial 0/2/0

Serial0/2/0 is up, line protocol is up
Internet Address 1.1.1.1/8, Area 0
Process ID 1, Router ID 10.1.1.1, Network Type POINT_TO_POINT, Cost: 64
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT_TO_POINT,
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5

R1#show ip ospf neighbor

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface
20.1.1.1 0 FULL/ - 00:00:35 1.1.1.2 Serial0/2/0

Verifying ospf neighbors after manipulating the hello-interval time in R1.

R1#show ip ospf neighbor

-------Nil------
There will be no neighbor relationship because of hello-interval mismatch.

This can be verified by using ‘debug ip ospf events’ command, where the output displays
a mismatch hello parameter statement.

R1#debug ip ospf events

*May 28 09:20:31.403: OSPF: Rcv hello from 20.1.1.1 area 0 from Serial0/2/0 1.1.
1.2
*May 28 09:20:31.403: OSPF: Mismatched hello parameters from 1.1.1.2
*May 28 09:20:31.403: OSPF: Dead R 40 C 20, Hello R 10 C 5
The output displays a mismatch hello parameter statement.

Page 41 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 3 – Configuring ABR and ASBR

(Scenario Based on Lab 1)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( S0/2/0, E0 ), R2 ( S0 )
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R2 ( S1 ), R3 ( S0, E 0 ).
Configure EIGRP AS 100 on R2 ( E0 ) and redistribute into OSPF.

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 1
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area 0

R3 Router eigrp 100
Network 20.0.0.0
Router ospf 1 No auto-summary
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 1
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 1 Router ospf 1
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric 10 subnets
Page 42 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:12:21, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O IA 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.2, 00:11:13, Serial0/2/0

The output displays ‘O’ and ‘O IA’ routes.
The output also shows that network 20.0.0.0 is missing in the routing table.
As EIGRP is a NON-OSPF routing protocol, we need to redistribute EIGRP into OSPF

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/2/0
O E2 20.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O IA 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:04, Serial0/2/0

Note: If we want OE1 routes then the redistribute command should be configured using
metric-type

R2

Router ospf 1
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric-type 1 metric
10 subnets

.R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:01:43, Serial0/2/0
O E1 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:12, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O IA 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.2, 00:01:43, Serial0/2/0

To verify which router is ABR / ASBR : -

R1 # show ip ospf border-routers

OSPF Process 1 internal Routing Table
Codes: i - Intra-area route, I - Inter-area route
i 20.1.1.1 [64] via 1.1.1.2, Serial0/2/0, ABR/ASBR, Area 0, SPF
Page 43 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 4 – Configure OSPF Stub Area

(Scenario Based on Lab 1)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( S0/2/0, E0 ), R2 ( S0 )
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R2 ( S1 ), R3 ( S0, E 0 ).

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 1 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area2
R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area2
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area2

Page 44 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2 : Configure EIGRP AS 100 on R2 ( E0 ) and redistribute into OSPF.

R2

Router eigrp100
Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary

Router ospf 1
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric 10 subnets

Verification :

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:08, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O E2 20.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:03, Serial0
O IA 10.0.0.0/8 [110/129] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:08, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output displays inter-area routes (O IA) and OSPF external type 2
(O E2).

R3#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (30.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)

Router Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 243 0x8000000A 0x00B788 2
30.1.1.1 30.1.1.1 243 0x80000008 0x0034CD 3

Summary Net Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
1.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 277 0x80000004 0x002FB2
10.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 277 0x80000004 0x00C314

Type-5 AS External Link States

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag
20.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 172 0x80000007 0x00A8D0 0
The output displays Type-5 external link-states.
Page 45 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 3

Configure OSPF Area 1 as Stub.

R2 R3

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Area 1 stub Area 1 stub

After configuring stub, verify the routing table on R3

R2#show ip ospf neighbor

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface
10.1.1.1 0 FULL/ - 00:00:30 1.1.1.1 Serial0
30.1.1.1 0 FULL/ - 00:00:38 2.2.2.2 Serial1

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:03, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O IA 10.0.0.0/8 [110/129] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:03, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O*IA 0.0.0.0/0 [110/65] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:03, Serial0

The output displays default route and inter-area routes, both designated with (OIA) in the
routing table.
Default route is denoted as (O* IA).

R3#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (30.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)
Router Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 543 0x8000000C 0x00CB76 2
30.1.1.1 30.1.1.1 543 0x8000000A 0x004EB3 3

Summary Net Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
0.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 552 0x80000001 0x00E73F
1.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 552 0x80000005 0x004B97
10.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 552 0x80000005 0x00DFF8
The output does not display the ‘Type 5 External LSA.
Page 46 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Note: If stub is not configured on both routers OSPF neighborship will not establish. It
can be verified by the following commands.

R2#show ip ospf neighbor

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface
10.1.1.1 0 FULL/ - 00:00:35 1.1.1.1 Serial0
30.1.1.1 0 DOWN/ - - 2.2.2.2 Serial1

R2#debug ip ospf events

Mar 1 03:12:42.491: OSPF: Rcv hello from 30.1.1.1 area 1 from Serial1 2.2.2.2
*Mar 1 03:12:42.491: OSPF: Hello from 2.2.2.2 with mismatched Stub/Transit area
option bit

The output displays mismatched Stub/Transit area option bit .

Page 47 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 5 – Configuring Totally Stub Area

(Scenario Based on Lab 1)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( S0/2/0, E0 ), R2 ( S0 )
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R2 ( S1 ), R3 ( S0, E 0 ).

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 1 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area2

R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area2
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area2

Page 48 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2 : Configure EIGRP AS 100 on R2 ( E0 ) and redistribute into OSPF.

R2

Router eigrp100
Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary

Router ospf 1
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric 10 subnets

Verification :

Verify the routing table on R3:

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:08, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O E2 20.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:03, Serial0
O IA 10.0.0.0/8 [110/129] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:08, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output displays inter-area (O IA) and external type 2 (O E2) routes.

The OSPF database on R3 can be verified using the following command :

R3#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (30.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)

Router Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 243 0x8000000A 0x00B788 2
30.1.1.1 30.1.1.1 243 0x80000008 0x0034CD 3

Summary Net Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
1.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 277 0x80000004 0x002FB2
10.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 277 0x80000004 0x00C314
Page 49 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Type-5 AS External Link States

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag
20.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 172 0x80000007 0x00A8D0 0

The output displays summary net link states and type-5 AS external link-states.

Now, to block both the summary net link-states and type-5 external link-states, configure
Area 1 as total stub .

Task 3

Configure R2 and R3 as total stub .

R2 R3

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Area 1 stub no-summary Area 1 stub no-summary

Verifying the routing table on R3

R3#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O*IA 0.0.0.0/0 [110/65] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:30, Serial0

Inter-area and external routes are not visible in the routing table, but they are accessible
via the inter-area default route (O * IA).

Verify the OSPF database

R3#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (30.1.1.1) (Process ID)
----------Output has been omitted for brevity-------------

Summary Net Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
0.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 125 0x80000003 0x00E341
No Type-5 External LSA and Summary Net Link Type 3, but you can see a default route.

Page 50 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 6 – Configuring NSSA

(Scenario Based on Lab 1)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( S0/2/0 ), R2 ( S0 ).
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R2 ( S1 ), R3 ( S0 ).

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area0
Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area2

R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area2

Page 51 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2: Configure EIGRP AS 100 on R2 ( E0 ) and redistribute into OSPF.

R2

Router eigrp100
Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary

Router ospf 1
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric 10 subnets

Task 3: Configure RIPv2 on R1 ( E0 ), R3 ( E0 ) and redistribute into OSPF.

R1 R3

Router rip Router rip
Net 10.0.0.0 Net 30.0.0.0
No auto-summary No auto-summary
Version 2 Version 2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Redistribute rip metric 10 subnets Redistribute rip metric 10 subnets

Verification :

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:22, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O E2 20.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:22, Serial0
O E2 10.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:22, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output displays inter-area (O IA), external type2 (O E2) routes.

R3#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (30.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)

Router Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 141 0x80000013 0x00A591 2
30.1.1.1 30.1.1.1 141 0x80000010 0x00939C 2
Page 52 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Summary Net Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
1.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 149 0x80000001 0x0035AF

Summary ASB Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
10.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 149 0x80000001 0x009047

Type-5 AS External Link States

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag
10.0.0.0 10.1.1.1 328 0x80000001 0x009102 0
20.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 1830 0x80000008 0x00A6D1 0

The OSPF database displays summary net link states, type-5 external net link states.

Now, configure NSSA on R2 & R3, where R3 acts as NSSA ASBR that generates type-7
LSA and R2 acts as NSSA ABR that converts the type-7 LSA into type-5 LSA, when it
leaves the NSSA area.

Task 4

Configure R2 and R3 as NSSA .

R2 R3

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Area 1 nssa default-information-originate Area 1 nssa default-information-originate

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:06, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O N2 20.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:06, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O*N2 0.0.0.0/0 [110/1] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:06, Serial0

The output displays ‘O N2’ and ‘O* N2’ routes in the routing table.

Page 53 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (30.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)

Router Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 428 0x80000015 0x0047E7 2
30.1.1.1 30.1.1.1 428 0x80000012 0x0035F2 2

Summary Net Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
1.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 435 0x80000002 0x00D805

Type-7 AS External Link States (Area 1)
Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag
0.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 435 0x80000001 0x0099F9 0
20.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 434 0x80000001 0x00EE87 0
30.0.0.0 30.1.1.1 458 0x80000001 0x00A7B1 0

No Type-5 External Link States but allows Special Type-7 External Link State

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O E2 10.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 1.1.1.1, 00:02:33, Serial0
O N2 30.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.2, 00:02:33, Serial1

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:14:38, Serial0/2/0
O E2 20.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 1.1.1.2, 00:03:23, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O E2 30.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 1.1.1.2, 00:03:16, Serial0/2/0

Page 54 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (10.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)

Router Link States (Area 0)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count
10.1.1.1 10.1.1.1 145 0x8000000B 0x001250 2
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 133 0x8000000B 0x00FF56 2

Summary Net Link States (Area 0)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
2.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 1429 0x80000005 0x0020BF

Type-5 AS External Link States

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag
10.0.0.0 10.1.1.1 145 0x80000002 0x008F03 0
20.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 1429 0x80000009 0x00A4D2 0
30.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 1263 0x80000001 0x0096D6 0

Page 55 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 7 – Configure NSSA Total Stub

(Scenario Based on Lab 1)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( S0/2/0 ), R2 ( S0 ).
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R2 ( S1 ), R3 ( S0 ).

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area0
Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area2

R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area2

Page 56 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2: Configure EIGRP AS 100 on R2 ( E0 ) and redistribute into OSPF.

R2

Router eigrp100
Network 20.0.0.0
No auto-summary

Router ospf 1
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric 10 subnets

Task 3: Configure RIPv2 on R1 ( E0 ), R3 ( E0 ) and redistribute into OSPF.

R1 R3

Router rip Router rip
Net 10.0.0.0 Net 30.0.0.0
No auto-summary No auto-summary
Version 2 Version 2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Redistribute rip metric 10 subnets Redistribute rip metric 10 subnets

Verification:

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:22, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O E2 20.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:22, Serial0
O E2 10.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:22, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output displays inter-area (O IA), external type2 (O E2) routes.

Page 57 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (30.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)

Router Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 141 0x80000013 0x00A591 2
30.1.1.1 30.1.1.1 141 0x80000010 0x00939C 2

Summary Net Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
1.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 149 0x80000001 0x0035AF

Summary ASB Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
10.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 149 0x80000001 0x009047

Type-5 AS External Link States

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag
10.0.0.0 10.1.1.1 328 0x80000001 0x009102 0
20.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 1830 0x80000008 0x00A6D1 0

The OSPF database displays summary net link states, type-5 external net link states.

Task 4 :

Configure R2 and R3 as NSSA Total Stub .

R2 R3

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Area 1 nssa no-summary Area 1 nssa no-summary

R3#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O N2 20.0.0.0/8 [110/10] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:15, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O*IA 0.0.0.0/0 [110/65] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:15, Serial0
The output displays O N2 and O* IA routes only.
Page 58 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3#show ip ospf database

OSPF Router with ID (30.1.1.1) (Process ID 1)

Router Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.1 177 0x80000017 0x0043E9 2
30.1.1.1 30.1.1.1 118 0x80000015 0x002FF5 2

Summary Net Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum
0.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 187 0x80000001 0x006FAF

Type-7 AS External Link States (Area 1)

Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Tag
20.0.0.0 20.1.1.1 186 0x80000001 0x00EE87 0
30.0.0.0 30.1.1.1 118 0x80000002 0x00A5B2 0

No Type-5 External Link States, no Type-3 Summary link but allows Special Type-7
External Link State .

Page 59 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 8 – Configure OSPF Route Summarization

R1 R2
R3
E0 S0/2/0 S0 S1 Loopback 0 - 3
S0

E0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 172.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 1 172.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 2 172.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 3 172.168.3.1 255.255.255.0

Task 1 : Configure Route Summarization at ABR

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( S0/2/0, E0 ), R2 ( S0 ).
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R2 ( S1 ), R3 ( S0, E0, Loopback 0 – 3 ).

Page 60 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Create the following Loopbacks on R3:

Loopback 0 – 172.168.0.1/24
Loopback 1 – 172.168.1.1/24
Loopback 2 – 172.168.2.1/24
Loopback 3 – 172.168.3.1/24

Advertise these newly created loopbacks in OSPF using the network command. Make
sure they appear in the routing table using a /24 mask. These routes should be seen as a
single summarized route outside of area 1.

R3 R2

Int loopback 0 Router ospf 1
Ip add 172.168.0.1 255.255.255. 0 Area 1 range172.168.0.0 255.255.252.0
Ip ospf network point-to-point

Int loopback 1
Ip add 172.168.1.1 255.255.255. 0
Ip ospf network point-to-point

Int loopback 2
Ip add 172.168.2.1 255.255.255. 0
Ip ospf network point-to-point

Int loopback 3
Ip add 172.168.3.1 255.255.255. 0
Ip ospf network point-to-point

Router ospf 1
Network 172.168.0.0 0.0.255.255 area 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 1
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255 area 1

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:17:26, Serial0/2/0
O IA 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:17:26, Serial0/2/0
172.168.0.0/22 is subnetted, 1 subnets
O IA 172.168.0.0 [110/129] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:11, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

The output displays a smaller routing table by displaying only one summarized route for
the contiguous networks.
Page 61 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2 : Configure Route Summarization At ASBR

(Scenario Based On Task 1)

Configure OSPF on the routers as per the above scenario.
Create the following Loopbacks on R3:

Loopback 0 – 172.168.0.1/24
Loopback 1 – 172.168.1.1/24
Loopback 2– 172.168.2.1/24
Loopback 3 – 172.168.3.1/24

Advertise these newly created loopbacks in EIGRP AS 100 using the network command
and redistribute these networks into OSPF Area 1. These routes should be seen as a single
summarized route.

R3

Int loopback 0
Ip add 172.168.0.1 255.255.255. 0
Ip ospf network point-to-point

Int loopback 1
Ip add 172.168.1.1 255.255.255. 0
Ip ospf network point-to-point

Int loopback 2
Ip add 172.168.2.1 255.255.255. 0
Ip ospf network point-to-point

Int loopback 3
Ip add 172.168.3.1 255.255.255. 0
Ip ospf network point-to-point

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 1
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255 area 1

Router eigrp 100
Network 172.168.0.0
No auto-summary

Router ospf 1
Redistribute eigrp 100 metric 10 subnets
Summary-address 172.168.0.0 255.255.252.0

Page 62 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
172.168.0.0/22 is subnetted, 1 subnets
O E2 172.168.0.0 [110/10] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:45, Serial1
O 10.0.0.0/8 [110/65] via 1.1.1.1, 00:07:28, Serial0
O 30.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.2, 00:07:28, Serial1

The output displays a smaller routing table.

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:12:14, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.1, 00:12:14, Serial0
172.168.0.0/16 is variably subnetted, 5 subnets, 2 masks
C 172.168.0.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback0
O 172.168.0.0/22 is a summary, 00:03:01, Null0
C 172.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback1
C 172.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback2
C 172.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Loopback3
O IA 10.0.0.0/8 [110/129] via 2.2.2.1, 00:12:14, Serial0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output displays a summary route pointing to interface null 0 on R3 routing table.
This is automatically generated by default, when manual summarization is configured so
as to prevent routing loops.

Page 63 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 9 – Configuring OSPF Virtual Links

R1 R2
R3
S0/2/0 S0 S1
S0

E0
E0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Task 1 :

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( S0/2/0, E0 ), R2 ( S0, E0 ).
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R2 ( S1 ), R3 ( S0 ).
Configure OSPF in Area 2 on R3 ( E0 ).

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area0
Page 64 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area1
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area1
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 2

Verification:

Verifying the routing table on R1 in area0:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:22:43, Serial0/2/0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:22:43, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

The output displays net 20.0.0.0 as ‘O’ and net 2.0.0.0 as ‘O IA’, but there is no net
30.0.0.0, as it is not connected to area0.

We need to configure virtual links between R2 & R3 and this area that connects to area0
is called the transit area.

Each router R2 & R3 point at the router-id of the other router.

Task 2:

Configure Virtual Link between R2 and R3:

R2 R3

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Area 1 virtual-link 30.1.1.1 Area 1 virtual-link 20.1.1.1

Verifying the routing table on R1 :

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:00, Serial0/2/0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:00, Serial0/2/0
Page 65 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O IA 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:00, Serial0/2/0

The output displays network 30.0.0.0 as ‘O’ route because of the virtual link configured,
the router1 assumes that net 30.0.0.0 is in the same area0.

R2#show ip ospf virtual-links

Virtual Link OSPF_VL0 to router 30.1.1.1 is up
Run as demand circuit
DoNotAge LSA allowed.
Transit area 1, via interface Serial1, Cost of using 64
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT_TO_POINT,
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5
Hello due in 00:00:00
Adjacency State FULL (Hello suppressed)
Index 2/3, retransmission queue length 0, number of retransmission 1
First 0x0(0)/0x0(0) Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0)
Last retransmission scan length is 1, maximum is 1
Last retransmission scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 0 msec

The output displays virtual-link to other router and as well, ‘DoNotAge’ option set.

Task 3: Configure Virtual Link when area connecting two backbone areas.

(Scenario Based on Task 1)

Configure OSPF in Area 0 on R1 ( E0 ).
Configure OSPF in Area 1 on R1 ( S0/2/0 ), R2 ( S0 ).
Configure OSPF in Area 2 on R2 ( E0, S1 ), R3 ( S0, E0 ).

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 1 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area 1
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Page 66 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

Verify the routing table on R1

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O IA 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:43, Serial0/2/0
O IA 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:43, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O IA 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:34, Serial0/2/0

The output displays network 2.0.0.0, 20.0.0.0 and 30.0.0.0 as O IA routes.

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O 30.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.2, 00:05:26, Serial 1
O IA 10.0.0.0/8[110/74]via 1.1.1.2, 00:07:43, Serial 0/2/0

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:08:27, Serial1
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.1, 00:08:27, Serial1
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

When we check the routing table on R3, the output does not have network 10.0.0.0 in the
routing table.

Task 4 :

Configure Virtual Link between R1 and R2 :

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Area 1 virtual-link 20.1.1.1 Area 1 virtual-link 10.1.1.1

Page 67 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
After Configuring Virtual Link:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:45, Serial0/2/0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:45, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
O 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:45, Serial0/2/0

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O 10.0.0.0/8 [110/65] via 1.1.1.1, 00:02:10, Serial0
O 30.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.2, 00:02:10, Serial1

R3#show ip route

O IA 1.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 2.2.2.1, 00:05:37, Serial1
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 2.2.2.1, 00:05:37, Serial1
O 10.0.0.0/8 [110/129] via 2.2.2.1, 00:05:37, Serial1
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

Now, when we verify the routing table on R1, R2, R3, we see that all O IA routes are
advertised as ‘O’ routes as the routers assume that the networks belong to the same area
because of the virtual link.

Also we can see network 10.0.0.0 in R3 routing table as O route.

Page 68 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 10 – Configuring OSPF Authentication

R1 R2
E0 S 0/2/0 S0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

All routers should Authenticate Routing updates using the simple password
authentication method. Use a key-string of cisco123.

R1

Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Int s 0/2/0
Ip ospf authentication-key cisco123
Ip ospf authentication

Page 69 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Int s0
Ip ospf authentication-key cisco123
Ip ospf authentication

Verification :

R1#show ip ospf neighbor

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface
20.1.1.1 0 FULL/ - 00:00:34 1.1.1.2 Serial0/2/0

The output displays neighbor in full state.

If there is a mismatch in the password, there will be no OSPF neighbor relationship
established.

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:09:23, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

Simple authentication on R1 and R2, but different passwords:

R1#debug ip ospf adj

*May 29 06:29:03.966: OSPF: Rcv pkt from 1.1.1.2, Serial0/2/0 : Mismatch
Authentication Key - Clear Text

Simple authentication on R1, no authentication on R2:

R1#debug ip ospf adj

*May 29 06:37:03.982: OSPF: Rcv pkt from 1.1.1.2, Serial0/2/0 : Mismatch
Authentication type. Input packet specified type 0, we use type 1

R2#debug ip ospf adj
*Mar 1 01:14:09.311: OSPF: Rcv pkt from 1.1.1.1, Serial0 : Mismatch Authentication
type. Input packet specified type 1, we use type 0
Page 70 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2
(Scenario based on Task 1 )

All routers should Authenticate Routing updates using the most secure authentication
method. Use Key 1 with a key-string of cisco123. Do not use wide authentication.

R1

Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Int S0/2/0
Ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 cisco123
Ip ospf authentication message-digest
R2

Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Int S0
Ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 cisco123
Ip ospf authentication message-digest
Verification :

R1#show ip ospf neighbor

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface
20.1.1.1 0 FULL/ - 00:00:34 1.1.1.2 Serial0/2/0

If there is mismatch in key or password, there will not be OSPF neighbor relationship
established between the two routers.

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.2, 00:09:23, Serial0/2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

MD5 authentication on R1, no authentication on R2:
*May 29 06:50:02.162: OSPF: Send with youngest Key 1
*May 29 06:50:04.054: OSPF: Rcv pkt from 1.1.1.2, Serial0/2/0 : Mismatch
Authentication type. Input packet specified type 0, we use type 2

Page 71 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 11 – OSPF on Broadcast Multiaccess

R3

E0

E0

R2 SW1

F 0/0

R1

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
Fa0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 72 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab Objective:

Task

Configure OSPF as per the above scenario.

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
R3

Router ospf 1
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Verification :

The DR & BDR election can be verified by using the following commands

R2#show ip ospf neighbor

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface
10.1.1.2 1 FULL/BDR 00:00:35 10.1.1.1 Ethernet1
10.1.1.3 1 FULL/DR 00:00:30 10.1.1.3 Ethernet1

R3#show ip ospf interface

Ethernet0 is up, line protocol is up
Internet Address 10.1.1.3/8, Area 0
Process ID 1, Router ID 10.1.1.3, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 10
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1
Designated Router (ID) 10.1.1.3, Interface address 10.1.1.3
Backup Designated router (ID) 10.1.1.2, Interface address 10.1.1.1
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5
oob-resync timeout 40
Hello due in 00:00:00
Index 1/1, flood queue length 0
Next 0x0(0)/0x0(0)
Last flood scan length is 1, maximum is 1
Last flood scan time is 0 msec, maximum is 4 msec
Neighbor Count is 2, Adjacent neighbor count is 2
Adjacent with neighbor 10.1.1.2 (Backup Designated Router)
Adjacent with neighbor 10.1.1.1

Page 73 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
• Routers notify DR on 224.0.0.6
• DR notifies others on 224.0.0.5.
• Router with highest priority value is the DR
• Router with second highest priority value is BDR
• Default for interface OSPF priority is 1
• In case of a tie, router-id (highest) is preferred
• A router with priority set to 0 cannot become the DR/BDR and is called DR other
• DR election is non-preemptive

Setting priority for DR election

(config-if) # ip ospf priority number
-Default is 1
-Range is 0-255.

Page 74 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 12 – OSPF over Frame-Relay Point-to-Point
Subinterfaces

R1
E0

R3
R2
Frame-Relay

E0
E0

IP addressing and DLCI information Chart
Routers IP address Local DLCI Connecting to:
R1 S 0.1 : 1.1.1.1 /8 100 R2
S 0.2 : 2.2.2.1 /8 200 R3

E 0 : 10.1.1.1 / 8
R2 S 0: 1.1.1.2 /8 300 R1

E 0 : 20.1.1.1 / 8
R3 S 0: 2.2.2.2 /8 400 R1

E 0 : 30.1.1.1 / 8

Task 1

Configure the frame-relay cloud in a hub and spoke topology without using frame-relay
map statements. These routers should reply to inverse-arp inquiries. Routers should be
configured in a point-to-point configuration.

Page 75 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 R2

Int S0 Int S0
No ip address Ip add 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
No shutdown Encapsulation frame-relay
Encapsulation frame-relay Frame-relay interface-dlci 300
Int serial 0.1 point-to-point No shutdown
Ip add 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Frame-relay interface-dlci 100
No shutdown
Int serial 0.2 point-to-point
Ip add 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
Frame-relay interface-dlci 200
No shutdown

R3 FRS

Int S0 Frame-relay switching
Ip add 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
Encapsulation frame-relay Int S0
Frame-relay interface-dlci 400 No ip add
Encapsulation frame-relay
Frame-relay intf-type dce
Clock rate 64000
Frame-relay route 100 interface serial 1 300
Frame-relay route 200 interface serial 2 400
No shutdown

Int S1
No ip address
Encapsulation frame-relay
Frame-relay intf-type dce
Clock rate 64000
Frame-relay route 300 interface serial 0 100
No shutdown

Int S2
No ip address
Encapsulation frame-relay
Frame-relay route 400 interface serial 0 200
No shutdown

Page 76 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verify frame-relay connectivity:

R3 # show frame-relay pvc

The output displays pvc-status = active
When we ping to a network, the rate is 100% successful

Task 2 :

Configure OSPF Over Frame- Relay on R1 , R2 and R3.

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Verify OSPF neighbors:

The output displays no neighbors as the hello-intervals did not match on the routers.

The reason is, as follows:

When R1 - FR was configured on sub-interface, the OSPF default mode is point-to-point
(hello 10 seconds)

When R2 & R3 - FR was configured on physical interface, the OSPF default mode is
non-broadcast (hello 30 sec)

Therefore, we need to manually change the hello-interval time or change the network
type on R2 and R3 interfaces.

R2 R3

Int s0 Int s0
ip ospf network point-to-point ip ospf network point-to-point

Page 77 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Now verify OSPF neighbors:
-The output displays neighbors in full state.
-The routing table can also be verified where the output displays all ‘O’ routes as
in the same area 0.

Verification:

Default mode of ospf on a point-to-point frame-relay physical interface:

R2#show ip ospf interface S0

Serial0 is up, line protocol is up
Internet Address 1.1.1.2/8, Area 0
Process ID 1, Router ID 20.1.1.1, Network Type NON_BROADCAST, Cost: 64
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1
Designated Router (ID) 20.1.1.1, Interface address 1.1.1.2
No backup designated router on this network
Timer intervals configured, Hello 30, Dead 120, Wait 120, Retransmit 5

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:00, Serial0
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O 10.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:00, Serial0
O 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:00, Serial0

Page 78 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 13 – OSPF over Frame-Relay Point-to-
Multipoint (Physical Interfaces)

R1
E0

R3
R2
Frame-Relay

E0
E0

IP addressing and DLCI information Chart
Routers IP address Local DLCI Connecting to:
R1 S 0 : 1.1.1.1 /8 100 R2
200 R3
E 0 : 10.1.1.1 / 8
R2 S 0 : 1.1.1.2 /8 300 R1

E 0 : 20.1.1.1 / 8
R3 S 0 : 1.1.1.3 /8 400 R1

E 0 : 30.1.1.1 / 8

Task 1

Configure the frame-relay cloud in a hub and spoke topology using frame-relay map
statements. These routers should NOT reply to inverse-arp inquiries.

Page 79 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 R2

Int S0 Int S0
Ip add 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0 Ip add 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
Encapsulation frame-relay Encapsulation frame-relay
Frame-relay map ip 1.1.1.2 100 Frame-relay map ip 1.1.1.1 300
Frame-relay map ip 1.1.1.3 200 No shutdown
No shutdown

R3 FRS

Int S0 Frame-relay switching
Ip add 1.1.1.3 255.0.0.0
Encapsulation frame-relay Int S0
Frame-relay map ip 1.1.1.1 400 No ip add
No shutdown Encapsulation frame-relay
Frame-relay intf-type dce
Clock rate 64000
Frame-relay route 100 interface serial 2 300
Frame-relay route 200 interface serial 1 400
No shutdown

Int S2
No ip address
Encapsulation frame-relay
Frame-relay intf-type dce
Clock rate 64000
Frame-relay route 300 interface serial 0 100
No shutdown

Int S1
No ip address
Encapsulation frame-relay
Frame-relay intf-type dce
Frame-relay route 400 interface serial 0 200
No shutdown

Page 80 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verify frame-relay connectivity :

R3 # show frame-relay pvc

The output displays pvc-status = active
When we ping to a network, the rate is 100% successful

Task 2 :

Configure OSPF Over Frame- Relay on R1 , R2 and R3.

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 Network 1.1.1.2 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

R3

Router ospf 1
Network 1.1.1.3 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

If we don’t use broadcast option in the frame-relay map command, the pvc will not allow
broadcast through them so that the neighbors should be statically configured.

Configure neighbor statement manually on R1 :

R1

Router ospf 1
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 priority 0
Neighbor 1.1.1.3 priority 0

Verify OSPF neighbors:

R1 # show ip ospf neighbors

The output displays neighbor state attempt and then full state when completely
established

Attempt state is when neighbors are statically configured.

Page 81 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
If we use broadcast option, the neighbors are dynamically detected as with the broadcast
option the pvc allows broadcast.

Default mode of ospf on a point-to-multipoint frame-relay physical interface:

R2#show ip ospf interface S0

Serial0 is up, line protocol is up
Internet Address 1.1.1.2/8, Area 0
Process ID 1, Router ID 20.1.1.1, Network Type NON_BROADCAST, Cost: 64
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1
Designated Router (ID) 20.1.1.1, Interface address 1.1.1.2
No backup designated router on this network
Timer intervals configured, Hello 30, Dead 120, Wait 120, Retransmit 5

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
O 2.0.0.0/8 [110/128] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:00, Serial0
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
O 10.0.0.0/8 [110/74] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:00, Serial0
O 30.0.0.0/8 [110/138] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:00, Serial0

Page 82 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Module 3 – RIP

Page 83 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
RIP LAB INDEX

1. CONFIGURE PASSIVE INTERFACE IN RIP

2. CONFIGURE AUTHENTICATION IN RIP

3. MANIPULATING RIP METRICS USING OFFSET-LIST

4. ROUTE FILTERING USING DISTRIBUTE-LIST

5. ROUTE FILTERING USING PREFIX-LIST

Page 84 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 1 – Configure Passive Interface in RIP

R1 R2
R3
E0 S0 S1 S0
S1 E0

S0
E0

S1

E0

R4

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 192.168.1.2 255.255.255.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
S0 172.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 172.168.1.2 255.255.255.0
S0 172.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 85 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R4

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 172.168.2.2 255.255.255.0
E0 40.1.1.1. 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure RIP on all the routers. Do not advertise network 172.168.1.1 in RIP process on
R2.

The requirement in the above scenario is to stop RIP broadcasts from R3 being sent to
R2. To accomplish this task configure passive-interface on R3 (S1 interface).

R2 R3

Router rip Router rip
Network 20.0.0.0 Network 172.168.0.0
Network 192.168.0.0 Passive-interface s1
Network 30.0.0.0

Verification :

R3#debug ip rip

RIP protocol debugging is on
00:42:09: RIP: received v1 update from 172.168.2.2 on Serial0
00:42:09: 40.0.0.0 in 1 hops
00:42:33: RIP: sending v1 update to 255.255.255.255 via Serial0 (172.168.2.1)
00:42:33: subnet 172.168.1.0, metric 1 no updated are sending via s1

The output displays updates received from 172.168.2.2 on S 0 and updates sent via S 0
(172.168.2.1) but does not send updates via S 1 (172.168.1.2).

Page 86 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 2 – Configure Authentication in RIP

R1 R2
E0 S0 S1 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure MD5 Authentication between R1 and R2 using a password of cisco123.

R1 R2

Int s0 Int s1
Ip rip authentication mode md5 Ip rip authentication mode md5
Ip rip authentication key-chain chain1 Ip rip authentication key-chain chain

Key chain chain1 Key chain chain2
Key 1 Key 1
Key-string cisco123 Key-string cisco123

Page 87 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification :

R2#show ip protocol

Routing Protocol is "rip"
Sending updates every 30 seconds, next due in 4 seconds
Invalid after 180 seconds, hold down 180, flushed after 240
Default version control: send version 2, receive version 2
Interface Send Recv Triggered RIP Key-chain
Ethernet0 2 2
Serial1 2 2 chain2
---output omitted---

R2#debug ip rip

01:03:53: RIP: sending v2 update to -224.0.0.9 via Serial1 (1.1.1.2)
01:03:53: RIP: build update entries
01:03:53: 20.0.0.0/8 via 0.0.0.0, metric 1, tag 0

Authentication mismatch in R1 & R2:

R2#debug ip rip events

01:38:27: RIP: sending v2 update to 224.0.0.9 via Ethernet0 (20.1.1.1)
01:38:27: RIP: Update contains 1 routes
01:38:27: RIP: Update queued
01:38:27: RIP: sending v2 update to 224.0.0.9 via Serial1 (1.1.1.2)
01:38:27: RIP: Update contains 1 routes
01:38:27: RIP: Update queued
01:38:27: RIP: Update sent via Ethernet0
01:38:27: RIP: Update sent via Serial1
01:38:28: RIP: ignored v2 packet from 1.1.1.1 (invalid authentication)

If key-identifier and key-string does not match on neighbor end, then there will be an
error message stating invalid authentication and updates will not be sent to peers.

Page 88 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 3 – Manipulating RIP Metrics using Offset-List

R1

E0

S1

S0

S1 S0
S0 S1

R2 R3

E0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 89 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

RIP metric is hop-count.

R1 reaches 30.0.0.0 network via 3.3.3.2, but the requirement is R1 should reach 30.0.0.0
network via R2 .

R3 reaches 10.0.0.0 network via 3.3.3.1, but the requirement is R3 should reach 10.0.0.0
network via R2 .

R1 R3

Access-list 30 permit 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 Access-list 10 permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255

Router rip Router rip
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 30.0.0.0
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 3.0.0.0 Network 3.0.0.0
Version 2 Version 2
No auto-summary No auto-summary
Offset-list 30 in 2 serial 1 Offset-list 10 in 2 serial 0

Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
R 2.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:19, Serial0
[120/1] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:22, Serial1
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
R 20.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:19, Serial0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
R 30.0.0.0/8 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:19, Serial0

Page 90 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3#show ip route

R 1.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 3.3.3.1, 00:00:04, Serial0
[120/1] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:26, Serial1
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
R 20.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:27, Serial1
R 10.0.0.0/8 [120/2] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:27, Serial1
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

R3#debug ip rip
02:08:39: RIP: received v2 update from 3.3.3.1 on Serial0
02:08:39: 1.0.0.0/8 -> 0.0.0.0 in 1 hops
02:08:39: 10.0.0.0/8 -> 0.0.0.0 in 3 hops
02:08:39: 20.0.0.0/8 -> 0.0.0.0 in 2 hops
02:08:39: 30.0.0.0/8 -> 0.0.0.0 in 3 hops

The offset-list value ‘2’ is added to the default-metric (1) and applied to incoming routes
via S1 in the R1 and S0 in R3.Thus, the routes travel via R2, as that being least in hop
count.

Page 91 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 4 – Route filtering using Distribute-List

R1 R2
R3
E0 S0 S1 S0 Loopback 0 – 7
S1

E0 E0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 1 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 2 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 3 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 4 192.168.4.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 5 192.168.5.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 6 192.168.6.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 7 192.168.7.1 255.255.255.0

Page 92 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure RIP on all the routers as per the scenario . The Requirement is to block
networks belonging to 192.168.0.0/22 (192.168.0.0, 192.168.1.0,192.168.2.0,
192.168.3.0) to R1 from R3 using Distribute-List.

R2

Access-list 16 deny 192.168.0.0 0.0.3.255
Access-list 16 permit any

Router rip
Distribute-list 16 out serial 1

Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
R 2.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:09, Serial0
R 20.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:09, Serial0
R 192.168.4.0/24 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:09, Serial0
R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:09, Serial0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
R 192.168.6.0/24 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:09, Serial0
R 192.168.7.0/24 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:09, Serial0
R 30.0.0.0/8 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:09, Serial0

The output does not display 192.168.0.0/22 range of networks, but does not block other
routes .

Page 93 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 5 – Route Filtering using Prefix-List

(Scenario Based on Lab 4)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 1 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 2 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 3 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 4 192.168.4.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 5 192.168.5.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 6 192.168.6.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 7 192.168.7.1 255.255.255.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure RIP on all the routers as per the scenario . The Requirement is to block
networks belonging to 192.168.0.0/22 (192.168.0.0, 192.168.1.0,192.168.2.0,
192.168.3.0) to R1 from R3 using Prefix-List.

Page 94 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Ip prefix-list ccnp seq 5 deny 192.168.0.0/22 ge 24 le 24
Ip prefix-list ccnp seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32

Router rip
Distribute-list prefix ccnp out serial 1

Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
R 2.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0
R 20.0.0.0/8 [120/1] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0
R 192.168.4.0/24 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0
R 192.168.5.0/24 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
R 192.168.6.0/24 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0
R 192.168.7.0/24 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0
R 30.0.0.0/8 [120/2] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:13, Serial0

The output does not display 192.168.0.0/22 range of networks, but does not block other
routes.

Page 95 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Module 4 – IS-IS

Page 96 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
IS-IS LAB INDEX

1. CONFIGURE IS-IS IN SINGLE AREA

2. CONFIGURE IS-IS IN MULTIPLE AREA

3. CONFIGURE IS-IS ROUTE SUMMARIZATION

Page 97 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
The output does not display 192.168.0.0/22 range of networks, but does not block other
routes Lab 1– Configure IS-IS in Single Area

R1 R2

FA 0/0 S 5/0 S 1/0 E 0/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 5/0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
Fa 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure IS-IS in single area on both the routers.

R1 R2

Int fa0/0 Int e0/0
Ip router isis Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1 Isis circuit-type level-1

Int s5/0 Int s1/0
Ip router isis Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1 Isis circuit-type level-1

Router isis Router isis
Net 49.0001.0000.0000.0001.00 Net 49.0001.0000.0000.0002.00
Page 98 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Is-type level-1 Is-type level-1

Verification:

R1#show ip route
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial5/0
i L1 20.0.0.0/8 [115/20] via 2.2.2.2, Serial5/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

The output displays that network 20.0.0.0 is the route from level 1 as indicated by the
“i L1” tag.

R2#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
i L1 10.0.0.0/8 [115/20] via 2.2.2.1, Serial1/0

R1#show ip protocol
Routing Protocol is "isis"
Invalid after 0 seconds, hold down 0, flushed after 0
Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set
Incoming update filter list for all interfaces is not set
Redistributing: isis
Address Summarization:
None
Maximum path: 4
Routing for Networks:
FastEthernet0/0
Serial5/0
Routing Information Sources:
Gateway Distance Last Update
2.2.2.2 115 00:04:17
Distance: (default is 115)

R1#show isis topology
IS-IS paths to level-1 routers
System Id Metric Next-Hop Interface SNPA
R1 --
0000.0000.0002 10 0000.0000.0002 Se5/0 *HDLC*

This command displays the level 1 topology table, which shows the least cost IS – IS
paths to the IS’s.

Page 99 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 2 – Configure IS-IS in Multiple Areas

(Scenario Based on Lab 1)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 5/0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
Fa 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure IS-IS in multiple areas. Configure R1 ( S5/0, FA0/0 ) in ISIS Area 1 and R2 (
S1/0, E0/0 ) in ISIS Area 2.

R1 R2

Int fa0/0 Int e0/0
Ip router isis Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1 Isis circuit-type level-1

Int s5/0 Int s1/0
Ip router isis Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1-2 Isis circuit-type level-1-2

Router isis Router isis
Net 49.0001.0000.0000.0001.00 Net 49.0002.0000.0000.0002.00
Is-type level-1-2 Is-type level-1-2

Page 100 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial5/0
i L2 20.0.0.0/8 [115/20] via 2.2.2.2, Serial5/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0

The output displays that network 20.0.0.0 is the route from level 2 as indicated by the
“i L2” tag.

R2#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
i L2 10.0.0.0/8 [115/20] via 2.2.2.1, Serial1/0

Page 101 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 3 – Configure IS-IS Summarization

R1 R2
FA 0/0 S 5/0 S 1/0 Loopback 0 – 3

E 0/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 5/0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
Fa 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 1 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 2 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Loopback 3 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure IS-IS in multiple areas. Configure R1 ( S5/0, FA0/0 ) in ISIS Area 1 and R2 (
S1/0, E0/0 ) in ISIS Area 2.

Configure Loopbacks on R2 and only summarized route should be sent to R1.

R1

Int fa0/0
Ip router isis
Page 102 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Isis circuit-type level-1

Int s5/0
Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1-2

Router isis
Net 49.0001.0000.0000.0001.00
Is-type level-1-2

R2

Int e0/0
Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1

Int s1/0
Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1-2

Int Loopback 0
Ip address 192.168.0.1 255.255.255.0
Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1

Int Loopback 1
Ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1

Int Loopback 2
Ip address 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1

Int Loopback 3
Ip address 192.168.3.1 255.255.255.0
Ip router isis
Isis circuit-type level-1

Router isis
Net 49.0002.0000.0000.0002.00
Is-type level-1-2
Summary-address 192.168.0.0 255.255.252.0 level-2
Page 103 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial5/0
i L2 20.0.0.0/8 [115/20] via 2.2.2.2, Serial5/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
i L2 192.168.0.0/22 [115/20] via 2.2.2.2, Serial5/0
The output displays a reduced routing table which displays only the summarized route of
loopback addresses from level-2 as indicated by “i L2” tag.

Page 104 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Module 5 – BGP

Page 105 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
BGP LAB INDEX

1. BGP BASIC CONFIGURATION

2. BGP USING LOOPBACK ADDRESS

3. eBGP WITH MULTIHOP COMMAND

4. eBGP WITH MULTIHOP COMMAND (LOAD BALANCING)

5. BGP NEXT-HOP ATTRIBUTE

6. ORIGIN ATTRIBUTE

7. WEIGHT ATTRIBUTE

8. LOCAL PREFERENCE

9. CONFIGURING MED ATTRIBUTE USING DEFAULT-METRIC
COMMAND

10. MED ATTRIBUTE

11. COMMUNITY ATTRIBUTE

12. AS-PATH ATTRIBUTE

13. AUTHENTICATION IN BGP

14. CONFIGURING PEER-GROUP

15. ROUTE AGGREGATION IN BGP

16. ROUTE REFLECTOR

17. BGP CONFEDERATION

Page 106 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 1 – Basic BGP Configuration

BGP AS 100

R2 E0

S0
S1

S0 S0

R1 R3

S1
S1 E0
E0
BGP AS 200

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 107 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure a BGP neighbor relationship between R1, R2 and R3. R1 should be in AS 200,
R2 should be in AS 100 and R3 should be in AS 200.

R1 R2

Router bgp 200 Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 100 Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 200
Neighbor 3.3.3.2 remote-as 200 Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 200
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 3.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 20.0.0.0
No synchronization No synchronization
R3

Router bgp 200
Neighbor 3.3.3.1 remote-as 200
Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 100
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 3.0.0.0
Network 30.0.0.0
No synchronization

Page 108 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show ip bgp summary

Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down state/PfxRcd

1.1.1.2 4 100 10 12 8 0 0 00:04:54 3
3.3.3.2 4 200 12 11 8 0 0 00:06:57 4

The output displays that BGP neighbors have established a TCP connection.

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
B 2.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:08:31
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/1
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:07:17
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:08:31

The output states that the BGP routes denoted as ‘B’ in the routing table.

R1#show ip bgp

Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 1.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 100 i
*> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
* 2.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 100 i
*>i 3.3.3.2 0 100 0 i
* i3.0.0.0 3.3.3.2 0 100 0 i
*> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 20.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 100 i
*i 2.2.2.1 0 100 0 100 i
*>i30.0.0.0 3.3.3.2 0 100 0 i

The output displays the BGP table.

Page 109 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 2 – Connecting BGP using Loopback

R2 E0

Loopback 0

S0
S1

S0 S0

R1 R3
S1
S1
E0 Loopback 0
E0
Loopback 0 BGP AS 100

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 50.50.50.50 255.255.255.255

Page 110 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 75.75.75.75 255.255.255.255

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 100.100.100.100 255.255.255.255

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure a BGP neighbor relationship between R1, R2 and R3. All routers should be
configured in AS 100. Establish the neighbor relationship based on Loopback 0
addresses. Configure EIGRP as the routing protocol in AS 100. Advertise all loopback
networks under EIGRP.

R1 R2

Router eigrp 100 Router eigrp 100
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 3.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 20.0.0.0
Network 50.0.0.0 Network 75.0.0.0
No auto-summary No auto-summary

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 100
Neighbor 75.75.75.75 remote-as 100 Neighbor 50.50.50.50 remote-as 100
Neighbor 75.75.75.75 update-source loopback 0 Neighbor 50.50.50.50 update-source loopback 0
Neighbor 100.100.100.100 remote-as 100 Neighbor 100.100.100.100 remote-as 100
Neighbor 100.100.100.100 update-source Neighbor 100.100.100.100 update-source loopback 0
loopback 0 No synchronization
No synchronization

Page 111 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3

Router eigrp 100
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 3.0.0.0
Network 30.0.0.0
Network 100.0.0.0
No auto-summary

Router bgp 100
Neighbor 50.50.50.50 remote-as 100
Neighbor 50.50.50.50 update-source loopback 0
Neighbor 75.75.75.75 remote-as 100
Neighbor 75.75.75.75 update-source loopback 0
No synchronization

Verification:

R1#show ip bgp summary

Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/PfxRcd

75.75.75.75 4 100 10 10 1 0 0 00:06:48 0
100.100.100.100 4 100 10 10 1 0 0 00:06:50 0

The output displays that neighbors established a TCP connection between them.

Page 112 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 3 – ebgp-Multihop

R1 R2

S0/2/0 S0
FA0/0 S1
E0
BGP AS 100
BGP AS 200

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1 :

Configure a BGP neighbor relationship between R1 and R2. R1 should be configured in
AS 100 and R2 should be in AS 200. Establish the neighbor relationship between peers
that are not directly connected. You are allowed to create a static route on each router to
accomplish this task.

Page 113 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 R2

Ip route 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 Ip route 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0 1.1.1.1

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 200
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Neighbor 20.1.1.1 remote-as 200 Neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Neighbor 20.1.1.1 ebgp-multihop Neighbor 10.1.1.1 ebgp-multihop
No synchronization No synchronization

Verification:

R1#show ip bgp summary

Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/PfxRcd

20.1.1.1 4 200 18 18 1 0 0 00:08:23 0

The output displays neighborship as established.

Page 114 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 4 – ebgp-Multihop (Load Balancing)

S0/2/0
Loopback 0 S0 Loopback 0

R1 R2

E0 S1
S0/2/1 S1 E0
BGP AS 100 BGP AS 200

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S 0/2/1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 50.50.50.50 255.255.255.255

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 75.75.75.75 255.255.255.255

Page 115 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure a BGP neighbor relationship between R1 and R2. R1 should be configured in
AS 100 and R2 should be in AS 200. Establish the neighbor relationship between peers
using loopbacks. Create a static route on each router to accomplish this task.

R1 R2

Ip route 75.75.75.75 255.255.255.255 Ip route 50.50.50.50 255.255.255.255
1.1.1.2 1.1.1.1
Ip route 75.75.75.75 255.255.255.255 Ip route 50.50.50.50 255.255.255.255
2.2.2.2 2.2.2.1

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 200
Neighbor 75.75.75.75 remote-as 200 Neighbor 50.50.50.50 remote-as 100
Neighbor 75.75.75.75 update-source Neighbor 50.50.50.50 update-source
loopback 0 loopback 0
Neighbor 75.75.75.75 ebgp-multihop Neighbor 50.50.50.50 ebgp-multihop
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
No synchronization No synchronization

Verification:

R1#show ip bgp summary

Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/PfxRcd

75.75.75.75 4 200 16 16 1 0 0 00:12:01 0

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/0
50.0.0.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
C 50.50.50.50 is directly connected, Loopback0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0/2/1
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, FastEthernet0/0
75.0.0.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
S 75.75.75.75 [1/0] via 2.2.2.2
[1/0] via 1.1.1.2

Page 116 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Routing table displays two choices to reach the next hop 75.75.75.75, one via 2.2.2.2 and
the other via 1.1.1.2.

The load balancing can be verified by issuing the traceroute command:

R1#traceroute 75.75.75.75

Type escape sequence to abort.
Tracing the route to 75.75.75.75

1 2.2.2.2 16 msec
1.1.1.2 16 msec *

R1#traceroute 75.75.75.75

Type escape sequence to abort.
Tracing the route to 75.75.75.75

1 1.1.1.2 24 msec
2.2.2.2 16 msec

Page 117 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 5 – BGP Next Hop Attribute

R1 R2 R3
S0/2/0 S1
S0 S0

E0 E0 E0

BGP AS 100 BGP AS 200

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Page 118 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure BGP on the routers as per the above scenario.
R1 R2

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 200
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 200 Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 200
Network 1.0.0.0 Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
No synchronization Network 2.0.0.0
Network 20.0.0.0
No synchronization

R3

Router bgp 200
Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 200
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 30.0.0.0
No synchronization

R1 advertises network 10.0.0.0 to R2 with the next hop of 1.1.1.1 and R2 advertises
network 20.0.0.0 to R1 with the next hop of 1.1.1.2.

For iBGP, the protocol states that the next hop that eBGP advertises, should be carried
into iBGP, because of this rule, R2 advertises network 10.0.0.0 to its iBGP peer R3 with
a next hop of 1.1.1.1. Therefore for R3, the next hop to reach network 10.0.0.0 is via
1.1.1.1 and not 2.2.2.1.

Make sure that R3 can reach network 10.0.0.0 via IGP, otherwise R3 drops packets with
the destination of 10.0.0.0 or advertise via network commands in BGP.

Verification:

R3#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:08:24
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:09:11
Page 119 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
B 10.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.1, 00:08:11
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output on R3 displays that the network 10.0.0.0 can be reached via 1.1.1.1.

Task 2:

Configure BGP such that R2 advertises its updates to iBGP peers via 2.2.2.1 instead of
1.1.1.1. You can use the next-hop-self command to accomplish this task.

R2

Router bgp 200
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 200
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 next-hop-self
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 next-hop-self
Network 1.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 20.0.0.0
No synchronization

Verification:

R3#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:05
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 10.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:05
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output displays that for R3 to reach network 10.0.0.0 is via 2.2.2.1 because of the
next-hop-self command. R2 advertises network 10.0.0.0 via 2.2.2.1 to R3, instead of
carrying the next-hop advertised by eBGP.

Page 120 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 6 – Origin Attribute

R1 R2 R3
S0/2/0 S1
S0 S0

E0 E0 E0

BGP AS 100 BGP AS 200

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 121 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure BGP on all the three routers. Do not advertise network 30.0.0.0 on R3 in BGP,
instead create static route on R2 to reach 30.0.0.0 via 2.2.2.2 and redistribute this static
route into BGP.

R1 R3

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 200
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 200 Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 200
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 No synchronization
No synchronization
R2

ip route 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0 2.2.2.2

Router bgp 200
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 200
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 20.0.0.0
Redistribute static
No synchronization

Page 122 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show ip bgp

Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 1.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 200 i
*> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 2.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 200 i
*> 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 20.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 200 i
*> 30.1.1.0/24 1.1.1.2 0 0 200 ?

R1 reaches 2.0.0.0 via ‘200 i’ means that the next AS path is 200 and the origin of the
route is IGP.
R1 also reaches 30.0.0.0 via ‘200 ?’, means that the next AS is 200 and that the origin is
incomplete and is a redistributed static route.

Page 123 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 7 – Setting Cisco Weight Attribute

BGP AS 200

R2 E0

S0
S1

S0 S0

R1 R3

S1 S1 E0
E0
BGP AS 100 BGP AS 300

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 124 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure AS 200 such that all traffic destined for network 3.0.0.0 should go through R3.
Use the Weight attribute to accomplish this task.

R1 R3

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 300
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 200 Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 200
Neighbor 3.3.3.2 remote-as 300 Neighbor 3.3.3.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 3.0.0.0 Network 3.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 30.0.0.0
No synchronization No synchronization
R2

Router bgp 200
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 weight 500
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 300
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 weight 1000
Network 1.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 20.0.0.0
Redistribute static
Page 125 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
No synchronization

Verification:

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
B 3.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:04
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 10.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:04
B 30.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:04

The output displays that R2 has been forced to use R3 as the next-hop to reach network
3.0.0.0

R2#show ip bgp 3.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 3.0.0.0/8, version 4
Paths: (2 available, best #2, table Default-IP-Routing-Table)
Advertised to non peer-group peers:
1.1.1.1
100
1.1.1.1 from 1.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, weight 500, valid, external
300
2.2.2.2 from 2.2.2.2 (30.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, weight 1000, valid, external, best

The output displays two paths and shows the path via 2.2.2.2 as the best path choosen
because of the highest weight set to that path.

R2#show ip bgp 10.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 10.0.0.0/8, version 5
Paths: (2 available, best #2, table Default-IP-Routing-Table)
Advertised to non peer-group peers:
1.1.1.1
100
1.1.1.1 from 1.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, weight 500, valid, external
300 100
2.2.2.2 from 2.2.2.2 (30.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, weight 1000, valid, external, best
Page 126 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
The output displays two paths and shows the path via 2.2.2.2 as the best path choosen
because of the highest weight set to that path.
Task 2:

Configure route-map using weight attribute to manipulate the routing information on R2.

R2

Access-list 1 permit 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
Access-list 2 permit 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255

Route-map list 1 permit 10
Match ip address 1
Set weight 1000

Route-map list 1 permit 20

Route-map list 2 permit 10
Match ip add 2
Set weight 1000

Route-map list 2 permit 20

Router bgp 200
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 route-map list 1 in
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 route-map list 2 in

Verification:

R2#sh ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
B 3.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:02
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 10.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:02
B 30.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:02

The routing table displays that R2 is learning network 10.0.0.0 via 2.2.2.2 and network
30.0.0.0 via 1.1.1.1

Page 127 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2#show ip bgp 30.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 30.0.0.0/8, version 7
Paths: (2 available, best #2, table Default-IP-Routing-Table)
Advertised to non peer-group peers:
2.2.2.2
300
2.2.2.2 from 2.2.2.2 (30.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external
100 300
1.1.1.1 from 1.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, weight 1000, valid, external, best

The output displays the best path to reach network 30.0.0.0 from R2 is via 1.1.1.1,
because of the highest weight attribute set to that path.

R2#show ip bgp 10.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 10.0.0.0/8, version 8
Paths: (2 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table)
Advertised to non peer-group peers:
1.1.1.1
300 100
2.2.2.2 from 2.2.2.2 (30.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, weight 1000, valid, external, best
100
1.1.1.1 from 1.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external

The output displays the best path to reach network 10.0.0.0 from R2 is via 2.2.2.2,
because of the highest weight attribute set to that path.

Page 128 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 8 – Setting Local Preference

BGP AS 200

R2 E0

S0
S1

S0 S0

R1 R3

S1
S1 E0
E0

BGP AS 100

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 129 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure AS 100 such that all traffic destined for AS 200 should go through R2. Use
Local-Preference Attribute to accomplish this task.

R1 R3

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 200 Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 200
Neighbor 3.3.3.2 remote-as 100 Neighbor 3.3.3.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0 Bgp default-preference 500
Network 3.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 3.0.0.0
No synchronization Network 30.0.0.0
No synchronization
R2

Router bgp 200
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 20.0.0.0
No synchronization

Page 130 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R3#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:01
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:01
B 10.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:00:01
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output displays that R3 learns network 1.0.0.0 via 2.2.2.1.

R3#show ip bgp 1.0.0.0

200
2.2.2.1 from 2.2.2.1 (20.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 500, valid, external, best
Local
3.3.3.1 from 3.3.3.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, internal

The output displays that path 2.2.2.1 is the best path, because of the highest local
preference value over the other path.

Task 2:

Configure route-map using local-preference attribute to manipulate the routing
information on R3.

R3

Access-list 1 permit 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255

Route-map list 1 permit 10
Match ip address 1
Set local preference 50

Route-map list 1 permit 20

Router bgp 200
Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 200
Neighbor 2.2.2.1 route-map list1 in
Neighbor 3.3.3.1 remote-as 100
Network 3.0.0.0

Page 131 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 30.0.0.0
No synchronization

Verification:

R3#show ip route
B 1.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:02:17
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:01:41
B 10.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:02:17
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

R3#show ip bgp 20.0.0.0
200
2.2.2.1 from 2.2.2.1 (20.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 50, valid, external
200
1.1.1.2 from 3.3.3.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, internal, best

The output displays that path 1.1.1.2 is the best path, because of the highest local
preference value over the other path.

Page 132 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 10 – Configuring MED

(Scenario Based On Lab 9)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1:

All ingress (incoming) traffic to AS 200 should use the path through R3 using the MED
attribute. Configure the MED on R1 to 100 and Configure the MED on R3 to 50. Lower
MED will be preferred.

Page 133 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 R3

Access-list 1 permit 10.0.0.0 Access-list 1 permit 30.0.0.0
0.255.255.255 0.255.255.255

Route-map list 1 permit 10 Route-map list 1 permit 10
Match ip add 1 Match ip add 1
Set metric 200 Set metric 50

Route-map list 1 permit 20 Route-map list 1 permit 20
Set metric 100 Set metric 100

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 route-map list 1 out Neighbor 2.2.2.1 route-map list 1 out

Verification:

R2#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
B 3.0.0.0/8 [20/100] via 1.1.1.1, 00:00:04
C 20.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 10.0.0.0/8 [20/100] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:04
B 30.0.0.0/8 [20/50] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:04

The output displays that network 10.0.0.0 & 30.0.0.0 are learnt via 2.2.2.2 because of the
lowest MED value set to this path.

R2#show ip bgp 10.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 10.0.0.0/8, version 5
Paths: (2 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table)
Advertised to non peer-group peers:
1.1.1.1
100
2.2.2.2 from 2.2.2.2 (30.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 100, localpref 100, valid, external, best
100
1.1.1.1 from 1.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 200, localpref 100, valid, external

Page 134 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2#show ip bgp 30.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 30.0.0.0/8, version 7
Paths: (2 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table)
Advertised to non peer-group peers:
1.1.1.1
100
2.2.2.2 from 2.2.2.2 (30.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 50, localpref 100, valid, external, best
100
1.1.1.1 from 1.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 100, localpref 100, valid, external

The output displays best path 2.2.2.2 with a metric 50 lower than other path.

Page 135 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 11 – Configuring MED using default-
metric command

R1 R2 R3
S0 S1
S0 S0

E0 E0 E0

BGP AS 100 OSPF Area 0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 136 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure BGP and OSPF as per the above scenario. Redistribute OSPF into BGP and
verify the metric values displayed in the output by default.

R1 R2

Router bgp 100 Router ospf 1
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 100 Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
Network 10.0.0.0
No synchronization Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0
No synchronization
Redistribute ospf 1

R3

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 2.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:03:10
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:03:10
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [200/74] via 2.2.2.2, 00:02:35

The output displays routes 2.0.0.0 and 20.0.0.0 with a metric of ‘0’ as they are directly
connected to R2 and when passed to R1 travel with a metric of ‘0’.

Task 2:

Configure BGP and OSPF as per the above scenario. Redistribute OSPF into BGP using
a metric value of 5.

Page 137 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0
No synchronization
Redistribute ospf 1 metric 5

Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 2.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:02:39
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:02:39
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [200/5] via 2.2.2.2, 00:02:07

The output displays network 30.0.0.0 changed to metric of 5. But observe that network
2.0.0.0 and 20.0.0.0 still remain with a metric of ‘0’ as they are not displayed as
redistributed routes instead they are learn’t as connected routes on R2.

Task 3:

Configure BGP and OSPF as per the above scenario. Redistribute OSPF into BGP using
a metric value of 5 and also redistribute connected routes with a metric set to 50.

R2

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0
No synchronization
Redistribute ospf 1 metric 5
Redistribute connected metric 50

Page 138 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 2.0.0.0/8 [200/50] via 1.1.1.2, 00:02:39
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/50] via 1.1.1.2, 00:02:39
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [200/5] via 2.2.2.2, 00:02:07

The output displays network 30.0.0.0 changed to metric of ‘5’. Also network 2.0.0.0 and
20.0.0.0 with a metric of ‘50’.

Task 4:

Configure BGP and OSPF as per the above scenario. Redistribute OSPF into BGP and
use the default-metric command to change the metric.

R2

Router ospf 1
Network 2.2.2.1 0.0.0.0 area 0
Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0
No synchronization
Redistribute ospf 1
Default-metric 75

Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 2.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:33
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:33
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [200/75] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:00

The output displays network 30.0.0.0 with a metric value changed to 75.

Page 139 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 12 – Community Attribute

R4

S0

E0
R2 R3
S2
S0
S0

S1
E0 E0
R1
BGP AS 200

S0

E0

BGP AS 100

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 140 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
S1 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S2 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R4

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 40.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure BGP on all the routers. Configure R1, R2 and R4 in AS 100. Configure R3 in
AS 200. Network 10.0.0.0 should not be sent ouside AS 100 using no-export community
attribute.

R1

Access-list 1 permit 10.0.0.0
0.255.255.255

Route-map no-exp
Match ip add 1
Set community no-export

Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 route-map no-exp out
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 send-community

Page 141 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R3#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:36
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 3.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:36
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:36
B 40.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:13
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

The output does not display network 10.0.0.0 in the routing table as it is blocked by the
no-export community attribute.

R2#show ip bgp 10.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 10.0.0.0/8, version 13
Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table, not advertised to
EBGP peer)
Not advertised to any peer
Local
1.1.1.1 from 1.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, internal, best
Community: no-export

The output displays the community attribute no-export set .

Task 2:

Configure BGP on all the routers. Configure R1, R2 and R4 in AS 100. Configure R3 in
AS 200. Network 10.0.0.0 should not be advertised to any peers, internal or external.

R1

Access-list 1 permit 10.0.0.0
0.255.255.255

Route-map no-adv
Match ip add 1
Set community no-advertise

Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 route-map no-adv out
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 send-community

Page 142 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R3#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:18
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 3.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:18
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:01:18
B 40.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:00:21
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

R4#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:00:21
B 2.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:01:22
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:01:22
C 40.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:22

The output doesn’t display network 10.0.0.0 in the routing table of both ibgp and ebgp
neighbors.

R2#show ip bgp 10.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 10.0.0.0/8, version 18
Paths: (1 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table, not advertised to
any peer)
Not advertised to any peer
Local
1.1.1.1 from 1.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, internal, best
Community: no-advertise

The output displays the community attribute no-advertise set .

Page 143 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 13 – AS-Path Attribute

R1 R2 R3
S0 S1
S0 S0

E0
S1 E0 E0
S1
BGP AS 100 BGP AS 200 BGP AS 300
AS 100

S1

R4

S0
E0

BGP AS 400

Page 144 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 4.4.4.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R4

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
S0 4.4.4.1 255.0.0.0
E0 40.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure BGP on all the routers.

R1 R2

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 200
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 200 Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 300
Neighbor 3.3.3.2 remote-as 400 Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100

Page 145 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 3.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 20.0.0.0
No synchronization No synchronization

R3 R4

Router bgp 300 Router bgp 400
Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 200 Neighbor 4.4.4.2 remote-as 300
Neighbor 4.4.4.1 remote-as 400 Neighbor 3.3.3.1 remote-as 100
Network 2.0.0.0 Network 3.0.0.0
Network 4.0.0.0 Network 4.0.0.0
Network 30.0.0.0 Network 40.0.0.0
No synchronization No synchronization

Verification:

R4#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:01:15
B 2.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 4.4.4.2, 00:01:15
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 4.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:01:15
C 40.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 10.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:01:15
B 30.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 4.4.4.2, 00:01:15

R4#show ip bgp 30.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 30.0.0.0/8, version 8
Paths: (2 available, best #1, table Default-IP-Routing-Table)
Advertised to non peer-group peers:
3.3.3.1
300
4.4.4.2 from 4.4.4.2 (30.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external, best
100 200 300
3.3.3.1 from 3.3.3.1 (3.3.3.1)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external

The output displays that network 30.0.0.0 is reached via 4.4.4.2 from R4 as it is the
shortest path when compared to the other path via 3.3.3.1.
Page 146 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 2:

Manipulate the path to reach network 30.0.0.0 on R4. You can use as-path prepend
command using route-map to accomplish this task.

R4

Access-list 1 permit 30.0.0.0
0.255.255.255

Route-map map 1 permit 10
Match ip add 1
Set as-path prepend 400 400 400 400

Route-map map1 permit 20

Router bgp 400
Neighbor 4.4.4.2 route-map map 1 in

Verification:

R4#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:00:34
B 2.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 4.4.4.2, 00:00:34
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1
C 4.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:00:34
C 40.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 10.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:00:34
B 30.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.1, 00:00:34

R4#show ip bgp 30.0.0.0

BGP routing table entry for 30.0.0.0/8, version 8
Paths: (2 available, best #2, table Default-IP-Routing-Table)
Advertised to non peer-group peers:
4.4.4.2
400 400 400 400 300
Page 147 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
4.4.4.2 from 4.4.4.2 (30.1.1.1)
Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external
100 200 300
3.3.3.1 from 3.3.3.1 (3.3.3.1)
Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, best

The output displays that network 30.0.0.0 is reached via 3.3.3.1 from R4 as it is the
shortest path when compared to the other path via 4.4.4.2.

Page 148 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 14 – BGP Neighbor MD5 Authentication

R1 R2

S0 S0
E0 S1
E0
BGP AS 100
BGP AS 200

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure BGP on all the routers. Configure R1 in AS 100 and R2 in AS 200. Configure
MD5 Authentication between R1 and R2 using a password of cisco123.

R1 R2

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 200
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 200 Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Page 149 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 password cisco123 Neighbor 1.1.1.1 password cisco123
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 1.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 20.0.0.0
No synchronization No synchronization

Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:04
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

R1#show ip bgp summary

Neighbor V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down State/PfxRcd

1.1.1.2 4 200 13 11 4 0 0 00:01:43 2

Authentication in R2 and no authentication in R1:

R2#debug ip bgp events

04:58:02: %TCP-6-BADAUTH: No MD5 digest from 1.1.1.1:179 to 1.1.1.2:11087
04:58:04: %TCP-6-BADAUTH: No MD5 digest from 1.1.1.1:179 to 1.1.1.2:11087
04:58:04: %TCP-6-BADAUTH: No MD5 digest from 1.1.1.1:179 to 1.1.1.2:11087

Authentication mismatch:

R2#debug ip bgp events

05:01:09: %TCP-6-BADAUTH: Invalid MD5 digest from 1.1.1.1:11040 to 1.1.1.2:179
05:01:12: %TCP-6-BADAUTH: Invalid MD5 digest from 1.1.1.1:11040 to 1.1.1.2:179
05:01:16: %TCP-6-BADAUTH: Invalid MD5 digest from 1.1.1.1:11040 to 1.1.1.2:179

Page 150 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 15 – Configuring Peer-groups

R3
Loopback 0

S0

E0

R2 R1
S0
S0
S1

S2

E0 E0
R4

Loopback 0 BGP AS 200

S0

E0 Loopback 0

BGP AS 100

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 151 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
S1 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S2 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 7.7.7.7 255.255.255.255

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 8.8.8.8 255.255.255.255

R4

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 40.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 6.6.6.6 255.255.255.255

Lab Objective:

Task 1:
Configure BGP on all the routers. Configure R1 in AS 200 and configure R2, R3 and R4 in AS
100. Configure the loopbacks as per the scenario and advertise in BGP. Also configure route-map
blocking network 10.0.0.0 from being advertised to iBGP peers. You can use peer-group to
accomplish these tasks.

R1 R2

ip route 7.7.7.7 255.255.255.255 3.3.3.2 Router bgp 100
Neighbor internal peer-group
Router bgp 200 Neighbor internal remote-AS 100
Neighbor 7.7.7.7 remote-as 100 Neighbor internal update-source loopback 0
Neighbor 7.7.7.7 ebgp-multihop Neighbor internal route-map map1 out
Network 3.0.0.0 Neighbor 8.8.8.8 peer-group internal
Network 10.0.0.0 Neighbor 6.6.6.6 peer-group internal
No synchronization
Page 152 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3 R4

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 100
Neighbor internal peer-group Neighbor internal peer-group
Neighbor internal remote-AS 100 Neighbor internal remote-AS 100
Neighbor internal update-source Neighbor internal update-source loopback 0
loopback 0 Neighbor 7.7.7.7 peer-group internal
Neighbor 7.7.7.7 peer-group internal Neighbor 8.8.8.8 peer-group internal
Neighbor 6.6.6.6 peer-group internal

Configuring BGP using peer-group simplifies configuration reducing the number of statements in
the configuration.

Page 153 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 16 – Route Aggregation

R1 R2 R4
S0 S2
S0 S0

E0 E0
S1 E0

BGP AS 100 BGP AS 200 BGP AS 400
AS 100

Loopback 1 – 5

S0

R3

E0

BGP AS 300

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Page 154 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
S1 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
S2 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 1 172.1.0.1 255.255.0.0
Loopback 2 172.2.0.1 255.255.0.0
Loopback 3 172.3.0.1 255.255.0.0
Loopback 4 172.4.0.1 255.255.0.0
Loopback 5 172.5.0.1 255.255.0.0

R4

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 40.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1 :

Configure BGP on all the routers. Create loopbacks on R3 as per the above scenario and
advertise them under BGP.

Loopback 1 – 172.1.0.1/16
Loopback 2 – 172.2.0.1/16
Loopback 3 – 172.3.0.1/16
Loopback 4 – 172.4.0.1/16
Loopback 5 – 172.5.0.1/16

R3

interface Loopback1
ip address 172.1.0.1 255.255.0.0

Page 155 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
interface Loopback2
ip address 172.2.0.1 255.255.0.0

interface Loopback3
ip address 172.3.0.1 255.255.0.0

interface Loopback4
ip address 172.4.0.1 255.255.0.0

interface Loopback4
ip address 172.5.0.1 255.255.0.0

Router BGP 300
Network 172.1.0.0
Network 172.2.0.0
Network 172.3.0.0
Network 172.4.0.0
Network 172.5.0.0

Task 2

Configure Route Aggregation on R3 such that these routes are summarized as a single
route.

R3

Router bgp 300
Aggregate-address 172.0.0.0 255.248.0.0

Verification :

R1#show ip route
B 1.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:15:39
B 2.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:16:38
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:15:39
B 172.1.0.0/16 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:08:03
B 172.2.0.0/16 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:08:03
B 172.3.0.0/16 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:08:03
B 172.4.0.0/16 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:08:03
B 172.5.0.0/16 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:07:03
B 40.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:16:38
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:08:51
B 172.0.0.0/13 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:34
Page 156 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
The routing table displays the prefix route (172.0.0.0/13) and also all the specific-routes.

Task 3

Configure Route Aggregation on R3 such that these routes are summarized as a single
route. Only the Summary route should be send to R3’s neighbors

R3

Router bgp 300
Aggregate-address 172.0.0.0 255.248.0.0 summary-only

Verification:

R1#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:20:36
B 2.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:21:35
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:20:36
B 40.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:21:35
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:13:48
B 172.0.0.0/13 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:20

The output displays only the prefix route (172.0.0.0/13) and suppresses all the specific
routes.

Task 4

Configure Route Aggregation on R3 such that these routes are summarized as a single
route. Only the Summary route and the 172.1.0.0, 172.2.0.0 and 172.3.0.0 route should be
send to R3’s neighbor, blocking 172.4.0.0 and 172.5.0.0 routes.

R3

Access-list 1 permit 172.4.0.0 0.0.255.255
Access-list 1 permit 172.5.0.0 0.0.255.255
Access-list 1 deny 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255

Route-map map 1 permit 10
Match ip address 1

Router bgp 200
Aggregate-address 172.0.0.0 255.248.0.0 suppress-map map1
Page 157 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
By definition of suppress-map, the match criteria set to permit will be suppressed and the
rest will be forwarded.

Verification:

R1#show ip route

B 1.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:32
B 2.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:32
C 3.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 20.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:32
B 172.1.0.0/16 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:33
B 172.2.0.0/16 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:33
B 172.3.0.0/16 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:33
B 40.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:32
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:33
B 172.0.0.0/13 [20/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:00:32
The output displays only 172.1.0.0/16, 172.2.0.0/16 & 172.3.0.0/16, thus blocking
172.4.0.0 and 172.5.0.0 routes.

R2#show ip bgp

Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 1.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 300 i
*> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
* 2.0.0.0 2.2.2.2 0 0 400 i
*> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
* 3.0.0.0 3.3.3.1 0 0 100 i
*> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 10.0.0.0 3.3.3.1 0 0 100 i
*> 20.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 30.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 300 i
*> 40.0.0.0 2.2.2.2 0 0 400 i
*> 172.0.0.0/13 0.0.0.0 32768 i
*> 172.1.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 300 i
*> 172.2.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 300 i
*> 172.3.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 300 i
s> 172.4.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 300 i
s> 172.5.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 300 i

The output displays network 172.4.0.0 and 172.5.0.0 as suppressed routes.

Page 158 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 5

Configure Route Aggregation on R3 such that these routes are summarized as a single
route. Configure route-map and set the attribute origin to the route-map and implement in
BGP process such that the aggregate address appears as incomplete route.

R3

Route-map map1
Set origin incomplete

Router bgp 300
Aggregate-address 172.0.0.0 255.248.0.0 attribute-map map1

Verification:

R1#show ip bgp 172.0.0.0
BGP routing table entry for 172.0.0.0/13, version 33
Paths: (1 available, best #1)
200, (aggregated by 200 20.1.1.1)
3.3.3.2 from 3.3.3.2 (20.1.1.1)
Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, external, atomic-aggregate, best

The output displays network 172.0.0.0 as incomplete route.

Page 159 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 17 – Configuring Route Reflectors

R2

E0

S0
S1

S0 S0

R1 R3

E0
E0
BGP AS 100

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 160 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1:

Configure neighbor relationships between R1 and R2 and another one between R2 and
R3. Do not configure a neighbor relationship between R1 and R3. Make sure routes from
R1 can get propagated to R3.

R1 R3

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 100 Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0 Network 2.0.0.0
Network 10.0.0.0 Network 30.0.0.0
No synchronization No synchronization

R2

Router bgp 100
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 100
Neighbor 2.2.2.2 route-reflector-client
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Neighbor 1.1.1.1 route-reflector-client
Network 1.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 20.0.0.0
No synchronization

Page 161 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show ip route

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 2.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:42
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.2, 00:00:42
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0
B 30.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.2, 00:00:36

If RR was not configured on R2, then the routing table will not display network 30.0.0.0,
because of iBGP rule, which states that a BGP speaker will not advertise a route that the
BGP speaker learned via another iBGP speaker to a third party iBGP speaker.

Page 162 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 18 – Confederations

R3

S0

E0

BGP AS 2000 R2 R1
S0
S0
S1

S2

E0 E0
R4
BGP AS 3000
BGP AS 100

S0

E0

BGP AS 3000 BGP AS 200

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 163 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
S2 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R4

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
E0 40.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1 :

Configure AS 1000, AS 2000 and AS 3000 are Sub Autonomous Systems of a Larger AS
200 using Confederations. Configure a Neighbor relationship between AS 100 and AS
200 and another Neighbor relationship between AS 1000, AS 2000 and AS 3000.

R1 R2

Router bgp 100 Router bgp 1000
Neighbor 1.1.1.2 remote-as 200 Bgp confederation identifier 200
Neighbor 7.7.7.7 ebgp-multihop Bgp confederation peers 2000 3000
Network 1.0.0.0 Neighbor 2.2.2.2 remote-as 2000
Network 10.0.0.0 Neighbor 3.3.3.2 remote-as 3000
No synchronization Neighbor 1.1.1.1 remote-as 100
Network 1.0.0.0
Network 2.0.0.0
Network 3.0.0.0
Network 20.0.0.0
No synchronization

Page 164 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3 R4

Router bgp 2000 Router bgp 3000
Bgp confederation identifier 200 Bgp confederation identifier 200
Bgp confederation peers 1000 3000 Bgp confederation peers 1000 2000
Neighbor 2.2.2.1 remote-as 1000 Neighbor 3.3.3.1 remote-as 1000
Network 2.0.0.0 Network 3.0.0.0
Network 30.0.0.0 Network 40.0.0.0
No synchronization No synchronization

Verification:

R3#show ip bgp
B 1.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:05:48
C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial0
B 3.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:05:48
B 20.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 2.2.2.1, 00:05:48
B 40.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 3.3.3.2, 00:05:03
B 10.0.0.0/8 [200/0] via 1.1.1.1, 00:05:03
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0

R3#show ip bgp
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
*> 1.0.0.0 2.2.2.1 0 100 0 (1000) i
* 2.0.0.0 2.2.2.1 0 100 0 (1000) i
*> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 3.0.0.0 2.2.2.1 0 100 0 (1000) i
*> 10.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 0 100 0 (1000) 100 i
*> 20.0.0.0 2.2.2.1 0 100 0 (1000) i
*> 30.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 40.0.0.0 3.3.3.2 0 100 0 (1000 3000) i

R1#show ip bgp
Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path
* 1.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 200 i
*> 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 2.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 200 i
*> 3.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 200 i
*> 10.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i
*> 20.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 0 200 i
*> 30.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 200 i
*> 40.0.0.0 1.1.1.2 0 200 i

The output displays AS-Path 200 whereas on R3 the AS-Path is 1000 2000.
Page 165 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
PAPER 2

Switching
BULDING CISCO MULTILAYER SWITCHED NETWORK

BCMSN (642–812)

Page 166 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SWITCHING LAB INDEX

1. IMPLEMENTING VLAN’s

2. CONFIGURE TRUNKING

3. DYNAMIC TRUNKING PROTOCOL

4. IMPLEMENTING INTER-VLAN ROUTING

5. PROPAGATING VLAN CONFIGURATION WITH VTP

6. IMPLEMENTING SPANNING TREE PROTOCOL

7. LOAD BALANCING IN STP

8. IMPLEMENTING MSTP

9. CONFIGURE LINK AGGREGATION USING ETHER-CHANNEL

10. CONFIGURE SPAN

11. CONFIGURE LAYER 3 REDUNDANCY WITH HSRP

12. CONFIGURE LAYER 3 REDUNDANCY WITH VRRP

13. CONFIGURE LAYER 3 REDUNDANCY WITH GLBP

Page 167 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 1 – Implementing VLANs

20.1.1.2/24 VLAN 3 20.1.1.3/24 VLAN 3

F 0/2 F 0/4

SW1

PC2 PC4

F 0/1 F 0/3

PC1 PC3

10.1.1.2/24 VLAN 2 10.1.1.3/24 VLAN 2

SW1

Ports Assigned VLANs PC
FA 0/1 VLAN 2 PC 1 (10.1.1.2)
FA 0/2 VLAN 3 PC 2 (20.1.1.2)
FA 0/3 VLAN 2 PC 3 (10.1.1.3)
FA 0/4 VLAN 3 PC 4 (20.1.1.3)

Task 1

Create VLAN 2 and VLAN 3 and assign name SALES and FINANCE to each VLAN.
Configure ports fa 0/2 –fa 0/4 as access-ports and assign VLAN 2 to ports fa 0/1 and
fa0/3. Assign VLAN 3 to ports fa 0/2 and fa 0/4. Configure VLANs using the database
mode.

Page 168 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW1

Vlan database
Vlan 2
vlan 2 name sales

Vlan 3
Vlan 3 name finance

Int fa0/1
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan2

Int fa0/2
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan3

Int fa0/3
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan2

Int fa0/4
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan3

Verification:

SW1#show interfaces fastEthernet 0/1 switchport

Name: Fa0/1
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: static access
Operational Mode: static access
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: native
Negotiation of Trunking: Off
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

The output displays mode as access.

Page 169 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW1#show vlan brief

VLAN Name Status Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
1 default active Fa0/5, Fa0/6, Fa0/7, Fa0/8
Fa0/9, Fa0/10, Fa0/11, Fa0/12
Fa0/13, Fa0/14, Fa0/15, Fa0/16
Fa0/17, Fa0/18, Fa0/19, Fa0/20
Fa0/21, Fa0/22, Fa0/23, Fa0/24
Gi0/1, Gi0/2
2 sales active Fa0/1, Fa0/3
3 finance active Fa0/2, Fa0/4
1002 fddi-default act/unsup
1003 token-ring-default act/unsup
1004 fddinet-default act/unsup
1005 trnet-default act/unsup

The output displays VLAN 2, name SALES assigned to ports fa 0/1 and fa 0/3. Also
VLAN 3, name FINANCE assigned to ports fa 0/2 and fa 0/4.

Verifying connectivity between PC 1 and PC 3 (i.e PC’s in the same vlan):

From PC 1:

Ping is successful.

Verifying connectivity between PC 1 and PC 2 (i.e PC’s in different vlan):

Page 170 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
From PC 1:

Ping not successful.

Therefore we need a router connected to the switch to do inter-vlan communication. Also
the link should be configured as trunk.

Task 2

Create VLAN 2 and VLAN 3 and assign name SALES and FINANCE to each VLAN.
Configure ports fa 0/2 –fa 0/4 as access-ports and assign VLAN 2 to ports fa 0/1 and
fa0/3. Assign VLAN 3 to ports fa 0/2 and fa 0/4. Configure VLANs using the global
configuration mode.

Page 171 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW1

Vlan 2
name sales

Vlan 3
name finance

Int fa0/1
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan2

Int fa0/2
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan3

Int fa0/3
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan2

Int fa0/4
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan3

Page 172 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 2 – Configure Trunking

F 0/1 F 0/2

SW1
PC1 PC2
F 0/11

10.1.1.2/24 VLAN 2 20.1.1.2/24 VLAN 3

F 0/11

SW2

F 0/1 F 0/2

PC3 PC4

10.1.1.3/24 VLAN 2 20.1.1.3/24 VLAN 2

SW1

Ports Assigned VLANs PC
FA 0/1 VLAN 2 PC 1 (10.1.1.2)
FA 0/2 VLAN 3 PC 2 (20.1.1.2)
FA 0/11
Configured as trunk

SW2

Ports Assigned VLANs PC
FA 0/1 VLAN 2 PC 3 (10.1.1.3)
FA 0/2 VLAN 3 PC 4 (20.1.1.3)
FA 0/11
Configured as trunk

Page 173 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 1

Create VLANs according to the scenarioand assign to their respective access-ports.
Configure ISL trunk between SW1 (fa0/11) and SW 2 (fa0/11)

SW1

Vlan 2
name sales

Vlan 3
name finance

Int fa0/1
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan2

Int fa0/2
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan3

Int fa0/11
shutdown
Switchport trunk encapsulation isl
Switchport mode trunk
No shutdown

Page 174 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW2

Vlan 2
name sales

Vlan 3
name finance

Int fa0/1
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan2

Int fa0/2
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan3

Int fa0/11
shutdown
Switchport trunk encapsulation isl
Switchport mode trunk
No shutdown

Verification :

SW1#show interfaces trunk

Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Fa0/11 on isl trunking 1

Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Fa0/11 1-4094

Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Fa0/11 1-3

Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Fa0/11 1-3

SW1#show interfaces fastEthernet 0/11 switchport

Name: Fa0/11
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: trunk
Operational Mode: trunk
Page 175 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: isl
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: isl
Negotiation of Trunking: On
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

Verifying connectivity between PC 1 and PC 3(i.e PC’s in the same vlan)

From PC 1

Ping successful.

Verifying connectivity between PC 1 and PC 4 (i.e PC’s in different vlan):

From PC 1:

Task 2

Create VLANs according to the scenarioand assign to their respective access-ports.
Configure 802.1q (dot1q) trunk between SW1 (fa0/11) and SW 2 (fa0/11)

Page 176 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW1

Int fa0/11
shutdown
Switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
Switchport mode trunk
No shutdown

SW2

Int fa0/11
shutdown
Switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
Switchport mode trunk
No shutdown

Verification :

SW1#show interfaces trunk

Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Fa0/11 on 802.1q trunking 1

Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Fa0/11 1-4094

Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Fa0/11 1-3

Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Fa0/11 1-3

SW1#show interfaces fa0/11 switchport

Name: Fa0/11
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: trunk
Operational Mode: trunk
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q
Negotiation of Trunking: On
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Page 177 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
The output displays mode as trunk and encapsulation used is dot1q, and the default native
vlan is vlan1 which is used to carry the untagged frames across.

Verifying connectivity between PC 1 and PC 3 (i.e PC’s in the same vlan)

From PC 1

Ping successful.
Verifying connectivity between PC 1 and PC 4 (i.e PC’s in different vlan):

From PC 1:

Ping not successful.

Therefore we need to configure inter-vlan routing.

Page 178 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 3 – Implementing Inter-VLAN Routing

R1

E0

20.1.1.2/24 VLAN 20 20.1.1.3/24 VLAN 20

F 0/3 F 0/4 F 0/5

SW1

PC3 PC4

F 0/1 F 0/2

PC1 PC2

10.1.1.2/24 VLAN 10 10.1.1.3/24 VLAN 10

SW1

Ports Assigned VLANs PC
FA 0/1 VLAN 10 PC 1 (10.1.1.2)
FA 0/2 VLAN 10 PC 2 (10.1.1.3)
FA 0/3 VLAN 20 PC 3 (20.1.1.2)
FA 0/4 VLAn 20 PC 4 (20.1.1.3)
FA 0/5
Configured as trunk

R1

Sub-Interfaces Ip Address Subnet - Mask
E 0/0.10 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0.20 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
E0
Configured as trunk

Page 179 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Task 1

Create VLAN 10 and assign to ports fa 0/1 and fa 0/2. Create VLAN 20 and assign to
ports fa 0/3 and fa 0/4. Configure port fa 0/5 as dot1q trunk. Use sub-interfaces on
interface e 0 on R1 to accomplish this task.

R1

Int e 0
No ip address

Int e 0/0.10
Encapsulation dotlq 10
Ip address 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Int e 0/0.20
Encapsulation dotlq 20
Ip address 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 180 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW1

Vlan 10
Name sales
Vlan 20
Name finance

Int fa 0/1
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan 10

Int fa 0/2
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan 10

Int fa 0/3
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan 20

Int fa 0/4
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan 20

Int fa 0/5
Shutdown
Switchport trunk encapsulation dotlq
Switchport mode trunk
Switchport nonegotiate
No shutdown

Verification :

Verify if PC’s in VLAN 10 can communicate with PC’s in VLAN 20.

Page 181 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
From PC 1 (10.1.1.2) :

Ping successful which means inter-vlan communication is working properly.

SW1#show int fa0/5 switchport

Name: Fa0/5
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: trunk
Operational Mode: trunk
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: dot1q
Negotiation of Trunking: On
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

The output displays trunk dot1q encapsulation enabled.

Task 2
Implementing inter-vlan communication on a multilayer switch. Create VLAN 10 and
assign to ports fa 0/1 and fa 0/2. Create VLAN 20 and assign to ports fa 0/3 and fa 0/4.
Configure SVI and assign Ip address.

Page 182 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
20.1.1.2/24 VLAN 20 20.1.1.3/24 VLAN 20

F 0/3 F 0/4

SW1

PC3 PC4

F 0/1 F 0/2

PC1 PC2

10.1.1.2/24 VLAN 10 10.1.1.3/24 VLAN 10

SW1

Ip routing

Interface vlan 10
Ip address 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
No shutdown

Interface vlan 20
Ip address 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
No shutdown

Verification :
From PC 1 (10.1.1.2) :

Ping 100% successful which means inter-vlan communication is working properly.

Page 183 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 4 – Propagating VLAN Configuration with
VTP

SW1 SW2
F 0/11 F 0/11

Task 1

Configure Switch1 as the VTP Server and the other Switch (SW2) as VTP Client. Use
NETMETRICS as the Domain name. Authenticate the relationship using CISCO123 as
the password.

Switch1 Switch2

VTP domain NETMETRICS VTP domain NETMETRICS
VTP mode server VTP mode client
VTP password CISCO123 VTP password CISCO123

Task 2
Create VLANs 2,3,4, and 5 on SW1 (VTP SERVER) and name them as aaa, bbb, ccc,
ddd.

Switch1

Vlan 2
Name aaa

Vlan 3
Name bbb

Vlan 4
Name ccc

Vlan 5
Name ddd
Page 184 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

SW1#show vtp status

VTP Version :2
Configuration Revision : 15
Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005
Number of existing VLANs :9
VTP Operating Mode : Server
VTP Domain Name : netmetrics

The output displays vtp revision number, configuration revision number, vtp operation
mode and vtp domain name.

SW2#show vtp status

VTP Version :2
Configuration Revision : 15
Maximum VLANs supported locally : 1005
Number of existing VLANs :9
VTP Operating Mode : Client
VTP Domain Name : netmetrics

The output displays vtp revision number, configuration revision number, vtp operation
mode and vtp domain name.

SW2#show vlan brief

VLAN Name Status Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
1 default active Fa0/1, Fa0/2, Fa0/3, Fa0/4
Fa0/5, Fa0/6, Fa0/7, Fa0/8
Fa0/9, Fa0/10, Fa0/12, Fa0/13
Fa0/14, Fa0/15, Fa0/16, Fa0/17
Fa0/18, Fa0/19, Fa0/20, Fa0/21
Fa0/22, Fa0/23, Fa0/24, Gi0/1
Gi0/2
2 aaa active
3 bbb active
4 ccc active
5 ddd active

The output displays VLANs 2, 3, 4, 5 propagated from vtp server.

Page 185 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 5 – Implementing Spanning Tree Protocol

F 0/9 F 0/9

SW1 SW2
F 0/11 F 0/11

Task 1

Configure Switch1 as the VTP Server and the other Switch (SW2) as VTP Client.
Configure SW1 to be the STP root for VLAN 1. Change the forward delay time such that
the port transitions from listening to learning state in just 6 seconds instead of the default
of 15 seconds. Configure ports fa 0/9 and fa 0/11 as dot1q trunks on both the switches.

Switch1 Switch2

VTP domain NETMETRICS VTP domain NETMETRICS
VTP mode server VTP mode client
VTP password CISCO123 VTP password CISCO123

Interface range fa0/9, fa0/11 Interface range fa0/9, fa0/11
Switchport trunk encapsulation Switchport trunk encapsulation
Switchport mode trunk Switchport mode trunk

Spanning-tree vlan 1 root primary
Spanning-tree vlan 1 forward-time 6

Verification:
SW1#show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 24577
Address 0014.a82f.a680
This bridge is the root
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 6 sec

Page 186 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Bridge ID Priority 24577 (priority 24576 sys-id-ext 1)
Address 0014.a82f.a680
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 6 sec
Aging Time 300

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/1 Desg FWD 19 128.1 P2p
Fa0/9 Desg FWD 19 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Desg FWD 19 128.11 P2p

The output displays that SW1 is the root bridge and forward delay time is 6 seconds.

SW1#debug spanning-tree events

05:23:22: STP: VLAN0004 Fa0/9 -> listening
05:23:22: set portid: VLAN0005 Fa0/9: new port id 8009
05:23:22: STP: VLAN0005 Fa0/9 -> listening
05:23:23: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/9,
changed state to up
05:23:28: STP: VLAN0001 Fa0/9 -> learning
05:23:34: STP: VLAN0001 Fa0/9 -> forwarding
05:23:37: STP: VLAN0002 Fa0/9 -> learning
05:23:37: STP: VLAN0005 Fa0/9 -> learning
05:23:52: STP: VLAN0002 Fa0/9 -> forwarding

The output displays the transition of ports from listening to learning in just 6 seconds
instead of the default of 15 seconds.

Page 187 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
20.1.1.2/24 VLAN 20 20.1.1.3/24 VLAN 20

F 0/3 F 0/4

SW1

PC3 PC4

F 0/1 F 0/2

PC1 PC2

10.1.1.2/24 VLAN 10 10.1.1.3/24 VLAN 10

Task 2

Configure ports fa0/1 - fa0/3 on SW1 to operate in portfast mode.

Switch1

Int range fa0/1 - fa0/3
Spanning-tree portfast

Verification:

SW1#show spanning-tree interface fa0/1 detail
Port 1 (FastEthernet0/1) of VLAN0001 is forwarding
Port path cost 19, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.1.
Designated root has priority 24577, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated bridge has priority 24577, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated port id is 128.1, designated path cost 0
Timers: message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
The port is in the portfast mode
Link type is point-to-point by default
BPDU: sent 3140, received 0

The output displays that port fa0/1 is in portfast mode and also we see that BPDU’s are
sent

Page 188 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verify the transition by shutting down interface fa 0/1 and again bringing the interface
up.

SW1#debug spanning-tree events

05:36:16: set portid: VLAN0001 Fa0/1: new port id 8001
05:36:16: STP: VLAN0001 Fa0/1 ->jump to forwarding from blocking

The output displays port fa 0/1 jumps to forwarding state from blocking immediately
because of portfast enabled on that port.

Task 3

(Scenario Based on Task 1)

Configure SW1 to quickly switch its root port in the event of an uplink failure. Trunking
should be configured between the switches.

Switch1

spanning-tree uplinkfast

Verification:

SW1#show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 32769
Address 000f.34f4.f080
Cost 3019
Port 11 (FastEthernet0/11)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority 49153 (priority 49152 sys-id-ext 1)
Address 0014.a82f.a680
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300
Uplinkfast enabled

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Altn BLK 3019 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Root FWD 3019 128.11 P2p
Page 189 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
The output displays cost of ports increased by 3000 & priority of the bridge has increased
to 49152.

Verify the transition from blocking to forwarding :
• Shutdown the port fa0/9 which is in the forwarding state.

SW1#debug spanning-tree uplinkfast

00:47:18: STP FAST: UPLINKFAST: make_forwarding on VLAN0001
FastEthernet0/11 root port id new: 128.11 prev: 128.9

00:47:18: %SPANTREE_FAST-7-PORT_FWD_UPLINK: VLAN0001 FastEthernet0/11
moved to Forwarding (UplinkFast).

00:47:18: STP: UFAST: removing prev root port Fa0/9 VLAN0001 port-id 8009

The output displays the transition of port fa0/11 from blocking to forwarding in one
second.

Task 4

SW1 SW2
F 0/9 F 0/9

Configure portfast on port fa 0/9 between SW1 and SW2. (By default all ports on the
switch are in dynamic desirable mode, they autonegotiate to become trunk. Portfast
should not be enabled on trunk as there is a possibility of loops, we need to shutdown the
port fa 0/9 and enable portfast on both the switches on port fa 0/9). Enable BPDU guard
on port fa 0/9 of SW1 to stop BPDU’s on that port.

Switch1 Switch2

Int fa 0/9 Int fa 0/9
Shutdown Shutdown
Spanning-tree portfast Spanning-tree portfast
Spanning-tree bpdu guard enable

Page 190 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Now bring the port fa 0/9 on both switches to up. As soon as the BPDU’s are being sent
on the port . The port enabled with BPDU guard will immediately come into err-disable
state .

Verification:

Console messages on SW1 when the bpdu’s are received on the bpduguard enabled port
fa0/9

01:04:30: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/9,
changed state to up
01:04:31: %SPANTREE-2-BLOCK_BPDUGUARD: Received BPDU on port
FastEthernet0/9 with BPDU Guard enabled. Disabling port.
01:04:31: %PM-4-ERR_DISABLE: bpduguard error detected on Fa0/9, putting Fa0/9 in
err-disable state
01:04:32: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on Interface FastEthernet0/9,
changed state to downstate.

SW1#show interfaces fa0/9

FastEthernet0/9 is down, line protocol is down (err-disabled)
Hardware is Fast Ethernet, address is 0014.a82f.a689 (bia 0014.a82f.a689)
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 100 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)

The output displays the port as (err-disabled) state. But the BPDU’s are sent out of this
port, it doesn’t affect that feature.

Task 5

R1

E 0/0
F 0/3
F 0/9 F 0/9

SW1 SW2
F 0/11 F 0/11

Configure R1 to send BPDUs to SW 1. Enable BPDU guard on port fa0/3 on sw1 to
block the access port fa 0/3 on SW 1, if any BPDUs received.
Page 191 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 Switch1

Int e0/0 Int fa0/3
No ip address Spanning-tree bpduguard enable
Bridge-group 1

Bridge 1 protocol ieee
Bridge 1 priority 4096

Verification:

SW1#show interfaces fa0/3

FastEthernet0/3 is down, line protocol is down (err-disabled)
Hardware is Fast Ethernet, address is 0014.a82f.a683 (bia 0014.a82f.a683)
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 100 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)

The output displays the port as (err-disabled) state. But the BPDU’s are sent out of this
port, it doesn’t affect that feature.
SW1#debug spanning-tree events

01:33:12: STP: VLAN0001 Fa0/3 -> listening

01:33:13: %SPANTREE-2-BLOCK_BPDUGUARD: Received BPDU on port
FastEthernet0/3 with BPDU Guard enabled. Disabling port.

01:33:13: %PM-4-ERR_DISABLE: bpduguard error detected on Fa0/3, putting Fa0/3
inerr-disable state

The output displays that as soon as BPDU received on port fa0/3, it is disabled because of
the BPDU guard enabled on that port.

Task 6
(Scenario Based on Task 5)

Configure portfast on port fa0/3 on sw1. Enable BPDU filter on port fa0/3 on sw1.
Configure R1 to send BPDUs to port fa0/3 on sw1.

Page 192 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 Switch1

Int e0/0 Int fa0/3
No shutdown Switchport mode access
No ip address Spanning-tree portfast
Bridge-group 1 Spanning-tree bpduguard enable

Bridge 1 protocol ieee
Bridge 1 priority 4096

Verification:

SW1#show spanning-tree interface fa0/3 detail

Port 3 (FastEthernet0/3) of VLAN0001 is forwarding
Port path cost 100, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.3.
Designated root has priority 32769, address 000f.34f4.f080
Designated bridge has priority 32769, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated port id is 128.3, designated path cost 19
Timers: message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
Link type is shared by default
Bpdu filter is enabled
BPDU: sent 0, received 0

The output displays BPDU filter enabled and no BPDU’s sent or received

Task 7

F 0/9 F 0/9

SW1 SW2
F 0/11 F 0/11

Configure SW1 to be the root for VLAN 1. Configure root guard feature on SW1 port
fa0/9, fa0/11.

Switch1

Spanning-tree vlan 1 root primary
Int range fa0/9, fa0/11
No shutdown
Page 193 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Spanning-tree guard root

Verification:

SW1#show spanning-tree interface fa0/9 detail

Port 9 (FastEthernet0/9) of VLAN0001 is forwarding
Port path cost 19, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.9.
Designated root has priority 4097, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated bridge has priority 4097, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated port id is 128.9, designated path cost 0
Timers: message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 2
Link type is point-to-point by default
Root guard is enabled on the port
BPDU: sent 3671, received 2431

The output displays root guard enabled on port.
Now change the priority in SW2:

Switch2

Spanning-tree vlan 1 priority 4096

As root guard is enabled on SW1, the ports on SW1 change to root inconsistent ports,
thus blocking the port when superior BPDUs are received on SW1.

SW1#show spanning-tree interface fa0/9 detail

Port 9 (FastEthernet0/9) of VLAN0001 is broken (Root Inconsistent)
Port path cost 19, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.9.
Designated root has priority 32769, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated bridge has priority 32769, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated port id is 128.9, designated path cost 0
Timers: message age 1, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 2
Link type is point-to-point by default
Root guard is enabled on the port
BPDU: sent 3991, received 2445

Page 194 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW1#debug spanning-tree events

03:29:15: %SPANTREE-2-ROOTGUARD_BLOCK: Root guard blocking port
FastEthernet0/9 on VLAN0001.
03:29:15: STP: VLAN0001 Fa0/9 -> blocking

The output displays that root guard blocking port fa0/9

SW1#show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 32769
Address 0014.a82f.a680
This bridge is the root
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority 32769 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)
Address 0014.a82f.a680
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300
Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Desg BKN* 19 128.9 P2p *ROOT_Inc
Fa0/11 Desg BKN* 19 128.11 P2p *ROOT_Inc
The output displays that the ports fa0/9 & fa0/11 are in “BKN” state as root-inconsistent
type.

SW1#show spanning-tree inconsistentports

Name Interface Inconsistency
-------------------- ---------------------- ------------------
VLAN0001 FastEthernet0/9 Root Inconsistent
VLAN0001 FastEthernet0/11 Root Inconsistent

The output displays both fa 0/9 and fa 0/11 as inconsistent ports.

Task 8
(Scenario Based on Task 7)

Configure SW1 to the root bridge for vlan1. Configure loop guard on SW2, i.e., on the
switch that is not the root bridge. Configure ports fa0/9 & fa0/11 between SW1 and SW2
as trunk ports.

Page 195 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Switch1 Switch2

Int range fa0/9 , fa0/11 Int range fa0/9 , fa0/11
Switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q Switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
Switchport mode trunk Switchport mode trunk
Spanning-tree vlan 1 root primary Spanning-tree guard loop

Verification:

SW2#show spanning-tree interface fastEthernet 0/9 detail

Port 9 (FastEthernet0/9) of VLAN0001 is forwarding
Port path cost 19, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.9.
Designated root has priority 24577, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated bridge has priority 24577, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated port id is 128.9, designated path cost 0
Timers: message age 1, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
Link type is point-to-point by default
Loop guard is enabled on the port
BPDU: sent 6419, received 2212

The output displays that loop guard is enabled on the port.

Now filter BPDU’s on port fa 0/9 on SW1 :

Switch1

Int fa0/9
Spanning-tree bpdufilter enable

BPDU’s will be stopped on SW1 and the port changes to loop inconsistent.

SW2#show spanning-tree interface fa0/9 detail

Port 9 (FastEthernet0/9) of VLAN0001 is broken (Loop Inconsistent)
Port path cost 19, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.9.
Designated root has priority 24577, address 0014.a82f.a680
Designated bridge has priority 32769, address 000f.34f4.f080
Designated port id is 128.9, designated path cost 19
Timers: message age 0, forward delay 0, hold 0
Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1
Page 196 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Link type is point-to-point by default
Loop guard is enabled on the port
BPDU: sent 6420, received 2257

The loop inconsistent state indicates that the port is not receiving any BPDU’s or not
sending any BPDU’s through the port.

SW2#show spanning-tree inconsistentports

Name Interface Inconsistency
-------------------- ---------------------- ------------------
VLAN0001 FastEthernet0/9 Loop Inconsistent

Number of inconsistent ports (segments) in the system : 1

Page 197 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 6 – Load Balancing in STP

Task 1
(Scenario Based on Lab 5 – Task 7)

Configure VTP to propagate VLAN information. Create 2 VLANs (VLAN 2, VLAN 3)
on SW1 (VTP server). Configure SW1 to be the root for VLAN 2 and configure SW2 to
be the root for VLAN 3.

Switch1 Switch2

spanning-tree vlan 2 root primary spanning-tree vlan 3 root primary

Verification :

SW1#show spanning-tree vlan 2

VLAN0002
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 24578
----------Output Omitted----------

Bridge ID Priority 24578 (priority 24576 sys-id-ext 2)
---------Output Omitted----------

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Desg FWD 19 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Desg FWD 19 128.11 P2p

The output displays that SW1 is root for VLAN 2 i.e both ports fa 0/9 and fa 0/11 are in
forwarding state.

SW1#show spanning-tree vlan 3

VLAN0003
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 24578
----------Output Omitted---------

Bridge ID Priority 32771 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 3)
Page 198 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
----------Output Omitted----------

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Root FWD 19 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Altn BLK 19 128.11 P2p

The output displays that SW1 is not root for VLAN 3 and port fa 0/9 is in forwarding and
fa 0/11 is in blocked state as it is not the root bridge. Thus load balancing is achieved.

Task 2
(Scenario Based on Task 1)

Configure dotlq trunk between SW1 and SW2 on ports fa0/9 and fa0/11. Configure VTP
on both the switches to propagate VLAN information. Create VLANs 1 to 6 on SW1
(server). Allow VLANs 2, 4, 6 on port fao/9 on SW1 & SW2. Allow VLANs 1, 3, 5 on
port fao/11 on SW1 & SW2.

Switch1 Switch2

Int fa0/9 Int fa0/9
Switchport trunk encapsulation dotlq Switchport trunk encapsulation dotlq
Switchport mode trunk Switchport mode trunk
Switchport trunk allowed vlan 2, 4, 6 Switchport trunk allowed vlan 2, 4, 6

Int fa0/11 Int fa0/11
Switchport trunk encapsulation dotlq Switchport trunk encapsulation dotlq
Switchport mode trunk Switchport mode trunk
Switchport trunk allowed vlan 1, 3, 5 Switchport trunk allowed vlan 1, 3, 5

Verification:

SW1#show int trunk

Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Fa0/9 on 802.1q trunking 1
Fa0/11 on 802.1q trunking 1

Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Fa0/9 2,4,6
Fa0/11 1,3,5

Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Page 199 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Fa0/9 2,4,6
Fa0/11 1,3,5

Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Fa0/9 2,4,6
Fa0/11 1,3,5

The output displays that on port fa0/9 only vlans 2, 4, 6 and on port fa0/11 only vlans
1,3,5 are allowed

SW1#show spanning-tree vlan 2

VLAN0002
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 32770
Address 000f.34f4.f080
Cost 19
Port 9 (FastEthernet0/9)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority 32770 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 2)
Address 0014.a82f.a680
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Root FWD 19 128.9 P2p

The output displays that port fa0/9 is in forwarding state as vlans 2 is configured to allow
on port fa0/9.

SW1#show spanning-tree vlan 3

VLAN0003
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 32771
Address 000f.34f4.f080
Cost 19
Port 11 (FastEthernet0/11)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority 32771 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 3)
Address 0014.a82f.a680
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Page 200 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Aging Time 300

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/11 Root FWD 19 128.11 P2p

The output displays that port fa0/11 is in forwarding state as vlan 3 is configured to allow
on port fa0/11. Thus load balancing is achieved.

Page 201 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 7 – Implementing MSTP

(Scenario Based on Lab 6 – Task 1)
Task 1

Configure dotlq trunks on ports fa0/9 and fa0/11. Configure VTP to propagate VLAN
information. Configure instance 1 MSTP and map VLANs 1, 2, 3. Configure instance 2
MSTP and map VLANs 4, 5, 6. Make SW1 the STP root for instances 1, 2.

Switch1 Switch

Int range fa0/9, fa0/11 Int range fa0/9, fa0/11
Switchport trunk encapsulation dotlq Switchport trunk encapsulation dotlq
Switchport mode trunk Switchport mode trunk

Vtp domain netmet Vtp domain netmet
Vtp mode server Vtp mode client
Vtp password cisco123 Vtp password cisco123

Vlan 2 Spanning-tree mode mst
Name aaa Spanning-tree mst configuration
Vlan 3 Instance 1 vlan 1 – 3
Name bbb Instance 2 vlan 4 – 6
Vlan 4
Name ccc
Vlan5
Name ddd
Vlan 6
Name 666

Spanning-tree mode mst
Spanning-tree mst configuration
Instance 1 vlan 1 – 3
Instance 2 vlan 4 – 6

Spanning-tree mst 1 – 2 root primary

Page 202 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

SW1#show spanning-tree mst 1

###### MST01 vlans mapped: 1-3
Bridge address 0014.a82f.a680 priority 24577 (24576 sysid 1)
Root this switch for MST01

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Desg FWD 200000 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Desg FWD 200000 128.11 P2p

The output displays the VLANs mapped to this MST instance 1.

SW1#show spanning-tree mst 2

###### MST02 vlans mapped: 4-6
Bridge address 0014.a82f.a680 priority 24578 (24576 sysid 2)
Root this switch for MST02

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Desg FWD 200000 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Desg FWD 200000 128.11 P2p

The output displays the VLANs mapped to this MST instance 2.

Task 2
(Scenario Based On Task 1)

Configure MSTP on SW1 & SW2. Make SW1 the STP root for instance 1. Make SW2
the STP root for instance 2. Configure MST instance 1 and map VLANs 1 - 3. Configure
MST instance 2 and map VLANs 4 - 6.

Switch1 Switch2

Spanning-tree mode mst Spanning-tree mode mst
Spanning-tree mst configuration Spanning-tree mst configuration
Instance 1 vlan 1 – 3 Instance 1 vlan 1 – 3
Instance 2 vlan 4 – 6 Instance 2 vlan 4 – 6

Spanning-tree mst 1 root primary Spanning-tree mst 2 root primary

Page 203 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

SW1#show spanning-tree mst 1

###### MST01 vlans mapped: 1-3
Bridge address 0014.a82f.a680 priority 24577 (24576 sysid 1)
Root this switch for MST01

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Desg FWD 200000 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Desg FWD 200000 128.11 P2p

SW1#show spanning-tree mst 2

###### MST02 vlans mapped: 4-6
Bridge address 0014.a82f.a680 priority 32770 (32768 sysid 2)
Root address 000f.34f4.f080 priority 24578 (24576 sysid 2)
port Fa0/9 cost 200000 rem hops 19

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Root FWD 200000 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Altn BLK 200000 128.11 P2p

The output displays that sw1 acts as the root bridge for vlans 1-3 only.

This can be verified from the output that ports fa0/9 and fa0/11 are in forwarding state
only for vlans 1-3 whereas one port forwarding and other blocking for vlans 4-6 on the
same switch.

SW2#show spanning-tree mst 1

###### MST01 vlans mapped: 1-3
Bridge address 000f.34f4.f080 priority 32769 (32768 sysid 1)
Root address 0014.a82f.a680 priority 24577 (24576 sysid 1)
port Fa0/9 cost 200000 rem hops 19

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Root FWD 200000 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Altn BLK 200000 128.11 P2p

Page 204 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW2#show spanning-tree mst 2

###### MST02 vlans mapped: 4-6
Bridge address 000f.34f4.f080 priority 24578 (24576 sysid 2)
Root this switch for MST02

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Fa0/9 Desg FWD 200000 128.9 P2p
Fa0/11 Desg FWD 200000 128.11 P2p

The output displays that sw2 acts as the root bridge for vlans 4-6 only.

This can be verified from the output that ports fa0/9 and fa0/11 are in forwarding state
only for vlans 4-6 whereas one port forwarding and other blocking for vlans 1-3 on the
same switch.

Page 205 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 8 – Configuring Link Aggregation with
EtherChannel

F 0/9 F 0/9

SW1 SW2
F 0/11 F 0/11

Task 1

Configure L 2 trunk between SW1 & SW2 using default encapsulation on ports fa0/9,
fa0/11.
Configure ether channel between SW1 and SW2 on interfaces fa0/9, fa0/11, without
using negotiation protocols.
Configure interfaces fa0/9, fa0/11 on SW1 & SW2 in channel group 1 with a mode of
“on”.

Switch1 Switch2

Interface port-channel 1 Interface port-channel 1

Int range fa0/9, fa0/11 Int range fa0/9, fa0/11
Channel-group 1 mode on Channel-group 1 mode on

Verification :

SW2#show etherchannel summary

Flags: D - down P - in port-channel
I - stand-alone s - suspended
H - Hot-standby (LACP only)
R - Layer3 S - Layer2
u - unsuitable for bundling
U - in use f - failed to allocate aggregator
d - default port

Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Number of aggregators: 1
Page 206 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Group Port-channel Protocol Ports
------+-------------+-----------+-----------------------------------------------

1 Po1(SU) - Fa0/9(P) Fa0/11(P)

The output displays port channel created for ports fa0/9, fa0/11 and is denoted as po 1
(su) where, s : layer 2, u : in use, P : in port channel

SW2#show interfaces port-channel 1 switchport

Name: Po1
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: dynamic desirable
Operational Mode: trunk
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: isl
Negotiation of Trunking: On
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

By default all interfaces are in dynamic desirable mode which automatically negotiates to
become trunk if not specified.
The output displays default ISL trunking for this port-channel.

SW2#show int trunk

Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Po1 desirable n-isl trunking 1

Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Po1 1-4094

Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Po1 1

Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Po1 1

The output displays the port-channel interface as trunk instead of individual ports.

SW2#show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 32769

Page 207 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
This bridge is the root
Bridge ID Priority 32769 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Po1 Desg FWD 12 128.65 P2p

The output displays the forwarding port as portchannel 1 instead of separate port because
of ether channel configured on ports fa0/9, fa0/11, they appear as one bundle.

Task 2
(Scenario Based On Task 1)

Configure L 2 trunk between SW1 & SW2 using dot1q or isl encapsulation on ports fa
0/7 , fa 0/9, fa 0/11.
Configure ether channel between SW1 and SW2 on interfaces fa 0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11. Both
switches SW1 and SW2 should initiate negotiation via PAgP.

Switch1 Switch2

Interface port-channel 1 Interface port-channel 1

Int range fa0/7 , fa0/9 , fa0/11 Int range fa0/7 , fa0/9 , fa0/11
Channel-group 1 mode desirable Channel-group 1 mode desirable

Verification :

SW1#show etherchannel summary

Flags: D - down P - in port-channel
I - stand-alone s - suspended
H - Hot-standby (LACP only)
R - Layer3 S - Layer2
u - unsuitable for bundling
U - in use f - failed to allocate aggregator
d - default port

Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Number of aggregators: 1

Group Port-channel Protocol Ports
------+-------------+-----------+-----------------------------------------------

1 Po1(SU) PAgP Fa0/7(P) Fa0/9(P) Fa0/11(P)
Page 208 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
The output displays protocol as “PAgP” and Po1 (SU) (port-channel 1) created for ports
fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11, where s : layer 2, U : in use.

SW1#show interfaces port-channel 1 switchport

Name: Po1
Switchport: Enabled
Administrative Mode: dynamic desirable
Operational Mode: trunk
Administrative Trunking Encapsulation: negotiate
Operational Trunking Encapsulation: isl
Negotiation of Trunking: On
Access Mode VLAN: 1 (default)
Trunking Native Mode VLAN: 1 (default)

The output displays that this interface port-channel 1 has automatically negotiated to
become trunk.

SW1#show int trunk

Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Po1 desirable n-isl trunking 1

Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Po1 1-4094

Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Po1 1

Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Po1 1

The output displays port-channel 1 as trunk instead of individual ports.

SW1#show spanning-tree vlan 1

VLAN0001
Spanning tree enabled protocol ieee
Root ID Priority 32769
Address 000f.34f4.f080
Cost 9
Port 65 (Port-channel1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Page 209 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Bridge ID Priority 32769 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 1)
Address 0014.a82f.a680
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Aging Time 300

Interface Role Sts Cost Prio.Nbr Type
---------------- ---- --- --------- -------- --------------------------------
Po1 Root FWD 9 128.65 P2p

The output displays the forwarding port as portchannel 1 instead of separate ports.

Task 3
(Scenario Based On Task 1)

Configure L 2 trunk between SW1 & SW2 using dot1q or isl encapsulation on ports
fa 0/7 , fa 0/9, fa 0/11.
Configure ether channel between SW1 and SW2 on interfaces fa 0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11. Both
switches SW1 and SW2 should initiate negotiation via LAcP.

Switch1 Switch2

Interface port-channel 1 Interface port-channel 1

Int range fa0/7 , fa0/9 , fa0/11 Int range fa0/7 , fa0/9 , fa0/11
Channel-group 1 mode active Channel-group 1 mode active

Verification :

SW1#show etherchannel summary

Flags: D - down P - in port-channel
I - stand-alone s - suspended
H - Hot-standby (LACP only)
R - Layer3 S - Layer2
u - unsuitable for bundling
U - in use f - failed to allocate aggregator
d - default port

Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Number of aggregators: 1

Group Port-channel Protocol Ports
------+-------------+------------------+-----------------------------------------------

Page 210 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
1 Po1(SU) LACP Fa0/7(P) Fa0/9(P) Fa0/11(P)

The output displays protocol as “LACP” and po1 (SU) (port-channel 1) created for ports
fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11.

Task 4
(Scenario Based On Task 1)

Configure interface port-channel 1 to ports fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11.
Configure VLAN 100 and assign to ports fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11.
Configure ether-channel between SW1 & SW2 i.e. create channel-group 1 with the mode
“on” (without using negotiating protocols).

Switch1 Switch2

Interface range fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11 Interface range fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11
Switchport mode access Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan 100 Switchport access vlan 100
Channel-group 1 mode on Channel-group 1 mode on

Verification :

SW1#show vlan brief

VLAN Name Status Ports
---- -------------------------------- --------- -------------------------------
1 default active Fa0/1, Fa0/2, Fa0/3, Fa0/4
Fa0/5, Fa0/6, Fa0/8, Fa0/10
Fa0/12, Fa0/13, Fa0/14, Fa0/15
Fa0/16, Fa0/17, Fa0/18, Fa0/19
Fa0/20, Fa0/21, Fa0/22, Fa0/23
Fa0/24, Gi0/1, Gi0/2
100 VLAN0100 active Po1

The output displays portchannel 1 in VLAN 100 instead of individual ports.

SW1#show etherchannel summary

Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Number of aggregators: 1

Group Port-channel Protocol Ports
------+-------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------------------

Page 211 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
1 Po1(SU) - Fa0/7(P) Fa0/9(P) Fa0/11(P)

The output displays no protocol and po1 (SU) created for ports fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11,
where :
P = Port-channel, s = layer 2, U = in use.

Task 5
(Scenario Based On Task 1)

To configure Layer 3 ether-channel, create the port channel logical interface, assign ip
address and then put the ethernet interfaces into the port-channel.

Switch1 Switch2

Interface port-channel 1 Interface port-channel 1
Ip add 100.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 Ip add 100.0.0.2 255.0.0.0

Interface range fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11 Interface range fa0/7, fa0/9, fa0/11
No switchport No switchport
No ip address No ip address
Channel-group 1 mode on Channel-group 1 mode on

Verification :

Test the connectivity of port-channel
Ping from SW1 to SW2
100 % successful

SW1#ping 100.0.0.2

Type escape sequence to abort.
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100.0.0.2, timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/4 ms

SW1#show Etherchannel summary

Flags: D - down P - in port-channel
I - stand-alone s - suspended
H - Hot-standby (LACP only)
R - Layer3 S - Layer2

Number of channel-groups in use: 1
Page 212 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Number of aggregators: 1

Group Port-channel Protocol Ports
------+-------------------+-----------+-----------------------------------------------

1 Po1(RU) - Fa0/7(P) Fa0/9(P) Fa0/11(P)
The output displays port channel 1 created and denoted as po1 (RU) where : R = layer 3,
U = in use, p = port-channel

Page 213 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 9 – SPAN: Switched Port Analyzer

1.2.3.4/24

F 0/3
E 0/0

SW1

R1

F 0/5
F 0/1 E0

PC1 R2

10.1.1.10/24 10.1.1.11/24

Task 1

Create VLAN 10 and assign to ports fa0/1 & fa0/5 on SW1.
Configure SW1 to redirect all traffic from VLAN 10 to port fa0/3.
Enable R1 for debug process.

Switch1 Router1

Vlan 10 Int e0/0
Ip add 1.2.3.4 255.0.0.0
Int range fa0/1, fa0/5 No shutdown
Switchport mode access
Switchport access vlan 10

Monitor session 1 source vlan 10 rx
Monitor session 1 destination interface
fa0/3

Int fa0/3
Switchport mode access

Page 214 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification :

R1#debug ip packet

Now ping from PC1:

PC 1 > Ping 255.255.255.255.

IP packet debugging is on

*Mar 1 05:32:11.626: IP: s=10.1.1.11 (Ethernet0/0), d=255.255.255.255, len 100,
rcvd 2
*Mar 1 05:32:11.626: IP: s=1.2.3.4 (local), d=10.1.1.11, len 100, unroutable

The output displays source ip 10.1.1.11 and destination ip as 255.255.255.255.
The second message displays, source ip 1.2.3.4 and destination ip as 10.1.1.11.
Thus, R1 receives packets sent from R2 even through they are not in the same VLAN.

Task 2

SW1 SW2
F 0/9 F 0/9

Configure dot1q encapsulation on port fa 0/9 of SW1 to become trunk.
Configure SPAN monitoring on port fa 0/9 of SW2 and also configure dot1q
encapsulation of port fa 0/9 of SW2.

Switch1 Switch2
Int fa0/9 Int fa0/9
Switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q Switchport trunk encapsulation dot1q
Switchport mode trunk Switchport mode trunk

Monitor session 1 source vlan1 rx
Monitor session 1 destination interface
fa0/9

Verification :
Page 215 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
SW1#show interfaces trunk

Port Mode Encapsulation Status Native vlan
Fa0/9 on 802.1q trunking 1

Port Vlans allowed on trunk
Fa0/9 1-4094

Port Vlans allowed and active in management domain
Fa0/9 1,10

Port Vlans in spanning tree forwarding state and not pruned
Fa0/9 1,10

The output displays port fa0/9 as dot1q trunk

SW2#show interfaces trunk
--------Nil------

The output doesn’t display anything as there is no trunk established on port fa0/9 of SW2.

SW2#show int fa0/9

FastEthernet0/9 is up, line protocol is down (monitoring)
Hardware is Fast Ethernet, address is 000f.34f4.f089 (bia 000f.34f4.f089)
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit, DLY 100 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)

The output displays line protocol down (monitoring).

To troubleshoot this issue we have to remove the SPAN monitoring for port fa 0/9 on
SW2.

NOTE : SPAN monitoring should not be configured on trunk ports.

Page 216 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 10 – Configuring HSRP

R1 E0

S0
S1

SW1
S 1/0 S1/1
F 0/3 F 0/1

R2 R3

F 0/5

E 0/0 E 0/0

PC1
RIP

Interface IP Address Configuration :

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 217 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 10.1.1.2 255.0.0.0

SW1

Ports VLAN Assigned Connected To
FA 0/1 VLAN 1 R3 (10.1.1.2)
FA 0/3 VLAN 1 R2 (10.1.1.1)
FA 0/5 VLAN 1 PC 1 (10.1.1.3)

Task 1

Configure routing protocol (RIP) on R1, R2, and R3.
Configure ports fa0/3, fa0/1 & fa0/5 as access ports on SW1
Configure HSRP group 1 on R2 & R3, using the virtual ip address 10.1.1.10.

R2 R3
Int e0/0 Int e0/0
Standby 1 ip 10.1.1.10 Standby 1 ip 10.1.1.10
Standby 1 preempt Standby 1 priority 100
Standby 1 priority 200

Verification :

R3#show standby brief
P indicates configured to preempt.
|
Interface Grp Prio P State Active Standby Virtual IP
Et0/0 1 100 P Standby 10.1.1.1 local 10.1.1.10

The output displays that this is the standby router and the active router is (10.1.1.1), the virtual ip
is (10.1.1.10) and this router configured to preempt.

Page 218 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2#show ip arp

Protocol Address Age (min) Hardware Addr Type Interface
Internet 10.1.1.10 - 0000.0c07.ac01 ARPA Ethernet0/0
Internet 10.1.1.2 23 0001.4289.a241 ARPA Ethernet0/0
Internet 10.1.1.3 19 0008.0216.0d31 ARPA Ethernet0/0
Internet 10.1.1.1 - 0008.a3d1.b540 ARPA Ethernet0/0

The output displays ip add 10.1.1.10 (virtual ip) with the MAC address 0000.0c07.ac01, which is
well-known HSRP MAC addres 01 : hsrp group identifier ,0000.0c : vendor code,
07.ac : HSRP .

Verify the route chosen to reach network 20.1.1.1

From PC1 : tracert 20.1.1.1

From PC1:

Traceroute command displays that the packet reaches 10.1.1.1 (active router) and reaches
20.1.1.1.

Shut down the interface E0/0 on router 2 and traceroute .

From PC1 : tracert 20.1.1.1

Traceroute command displays that the packet reaches 10.1.1.2 (standby router becomes
active) and then reaches 20.1.1.1.

Task 2

Configure tracking on R2, so that in case of failure of S 1/0, the priority is decreased
automatically, so that the standby router takes the active role.

Page 219 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2
Int e0/0
Standby 1 track s1/0 150

Verification :
R2#show standby brief
P indicates configured to preempt.
|
Interface Grp Prio P State Active addr Standby addr Group addr
Et0/0 1 200 P Active local 10.1.1.2 10.1.1.10

The output displays that this is the standby router and the active router is (10.1.1.1), the virtual ip
is (10.1.1.10) and this router configured to preempt.

From PC1:

Traceroute command displays that the packet reaches 10.1.1.1 (active router) and reaches
20.1.1.1.

Shut down the interface s1/0 on router 2 and traceroute .

R2#show standby brief
P indicates configured to preempt.
|
Interface Grp Prio P State Active addr Standby addr Group addr
Et0/0 1 50 P Standby 10.1.1.2 local 10.1.1.10

The priority is decreased to 50 from 200 automatically, and the router becomes standby
for the HSRP group.

The traceroute command displays that the packets are sent via 10.1.1.2 (standby becomes
active) because of higher priority value.
Page 220 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 11 – Configuring VRRP

R1 E0

S0
S1

SW1
S 0/2 S1
F 0/3 F 0/1

R2 R3

F 0/5

FA 0/0 E 0/0

PC1
RIP

Interface IP Address Configuration :

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 221 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 10.1.1.2 255.0.0.0

SW1

Ports VLAN Assigned Connected To
FA 0/1 VLAN 1 R3 (10.1.1.2)
FA 0/3 VLAN 1 R2 (10.1.1.1)
FA 0/5 VLAN 1 PC 1 (10.1.1.3)

Task 1

Configure routing protocol (RIP) on R1, R2, and R3.
Configure ports fa0/3, fa0/1 & fa0/5 as access ports on SW1
Configure VRRP group 1 on R2 & R3, using the virtual ip address 10.1.1.10.

R2 R3
Int fa 0/0 Int e 0/0
Vrrp 1 ip 10.1.1.10 Vrrp 1 ip 10.1.1.10
Vrrp 1 priority 200 Vrrp 1 priority 100
Vrrp 1 timers advertise 4 Vrrp 1 timers learn
Vrrp 1 preempt Vrrp 1 preempt

Verification :

R2#show vrrp brief

Interface Grp Pri Time Own Pre State Master addr Group addr
FastEthernet0/0 1 200 12218 Y Master 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.10

The output displays that this router is master and virtual ip address is 10.1.1.10

Page 222 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3#show vrrp brief

Interface Grp Pri Time Own Pre State Master addr Group addr
Ethernet0/0 1 100 12609 Y Backup 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.10

The output displays that this router is backup router

From PC1:

When packets sent to network 20.1.1.1 from PC1 (10.1.1.3), the packet first reaches
10.1.1.1 (master) and finally reaches the destination.

Shut down the interface Fa0/0 on router 2 and traceroute .

R3#debug vrrp packets

*Mar 1 05:01:40.790: %VRRP-6-STATECHANGE: Et0/0 Grp 1 state Backup -> Master
*Mar 1 05:01:40.790: VRRP: Grp 1 sending Advertisement checksum 6FF1

The output displays the transition of backup to master on R3.

R3#show vrrp brief

Interface Grp Pri Time Own Pre State Master addr Group addr
Ethernet0/0 1 100 3609 Y Master 10.1.1.2 10.1.1.10

The output displays that R3 is master now.

From PC1:

When traceroute from PC1 to 20.1.1.1, the output displays that packet is reaching
20.1.1.1 via 10.1.1.2.

Page 223 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 12 – Configuring GLBP

R1 E0

S0
S1

S 0/2 SW1 S1
F 0/3 F 0/1
R2 R3

FA 0/0 E 0/0

F 0/5 F 0/7

PC1 PC2

RIP

Interface IP Address Configuration :

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
S1 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 224 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0
FA 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 10.1.1.2 255.0.0.0

SW1

Ports VLAN Assigned Connected To
FA 0/1 VLAN 1 R3 (10.1.1.2)
FA 0/3 VLAN 1 R2 (10.1.1.1)
FA 0/5 VLAN 1 PC 1 (10.1.1.3)
FA 0/7 VLAN 1 PC 2 (10.1.1.4)

Task 1

Configure routing protocol (RIP) on R1, R2, and R3.
Configure ports fa0/3, fa0/1, fa0/5 and fa0/7 as access ports on SW1
Configure GLBP.

R2 R3
Int fa 0/0 Int e 0/0
Glbp 1 ip 10.1.1.10 Glbp 1 ip 10.1.1.10
Glbp 1 priority 200 Glbp 1 priority 100
Glbp 1 timers msec 250 msec 750 Glbp 1 timers msec 250 msec 750
Glbp 1 preempt

Verification:

R2#show glbp brief

Interface Grp Fwd Pri State Address Active router Standby route
Fa0/0 1 - 200 Active 10.1.1.10 local 10.1.1.2

Fa0/0 1 1 7 Active 0007.b400.0101 local -
Fa0/0 1 2 7 Listen 0007.b400.0102 10.1.1.2 -
Page 225 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
When the PC’s send traffic to 20.0.0.0 network, the traffic is send via the active router
which is R2. If R2 is busy in sending the traffic then R3 takes the active state and R2 is in
the listening state. Thus load balancing is achieved.

R2#show glbp

FastEthernet0/0 - Group 1
State is Active
2 state changes, last state change 00:11:30
Virtual IP address is 10.1.1.10
Hello time 250 msec, hold time 750 msec
Next hello sent in 0.000 secs
Redirect time 600 sec, forwarder time-out 14400 sec
Preemption enabled, min delay 0 sec
Active is local
Standby is 10.1.1.2, priority 100 (expires in 0.530 sec)
Priority 200 (configured)
Weighting 100 (default 100), thresholds: lower 1, upper 100
Load balancing: round-robin
Group members:
0001.4289.a241 (10.1.1.2)
0006.534b.7090 (10.1.1.1) local
There are 2 forwarders (1 active)
Forwarder 1
State is Active
1 state change, last state change 00:11:20
MAC address is 0007.b400.0101 (default)
Owner ID is 0006.534b.7090
Redirection enabled
Preemption enabled, min delay 30 sec
Active is local, weighting 100

Forwarder 2
State is Listen
MAC address is 0007.b400.0102 (learnt)
Owner ID is 0001.4289.a241
Redirection enabled, 599.800 sec remaining (maximum 600 sec)
Time to live: 14399.800 sec (maximum 14400 sec)
Preemption enabled, min delay 30 sec
Active is 10.1.1.2 (primary), weighting 100 (expires in 0.546 sec)

The output displays that the active router takes its default MAC address, whereas the
second forwarder learns the MAC address from the default gateway (active forwarding
router) (i.e. R2). Load balancing is achieved in round-robin algorithm.

Page 226 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
How to verify:

Traceroute from PC1 to 20.0.0.0 network, the packet is send via R2.
Traceroute from PC2 to 20.0.0.0 network, the packet is send via R2.
If R2 is busy then the packet is send via R3, which is verified from the above output
(traceroute 20.1.1.1 from PC2)

From PC1:

The first packet reaches 20.1.1.1 via 10.1.1.1

From PC2:

The first packet reaches 20.1.1.1 via 10.1.1.2

Page 227 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
PAPER 3

IMPLEMENTING SECURE CONVERGED WIDE AREA
NETWORKS

ISCW (642–825)

Page 228 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
ISCW LAB INDEX

1. CONFIGURE SITE-TO-SITE IPSEC VPN

2. CONFIGURE SITE-TO-SITE IPSEC VPN USING SDM.

3. CONFIGURE SPLIT TUNNELLING

4. CONFIGURE GRE TUNNEL (POINT-TO-POINT)

5. CONFIGURE GRE TUNNELLING USING THREE ROUTERS WITH NO
ROUTING IN THE MIDDLE ROUTER

6. CONFIGURE GRE OVER IPSEC

7. CONFIGURE GRE OVER IPSEC SITE-TO-SITE TUNNEL USING SDM

8. CONFIGURE CISCO VPN CLIENT (PC) / REMOTE ACCESS VPN

9. CONFIGURE CISCO EASY VPN SERVER AND CLIENT (PC)

10. CONFIGURE CISCO EASY VPN SERVER AND CLIENT (ROUTER)

11. CONFIGURE FRAME MODE MPLS

12. CONFIGURING SSH SERVER FOR SECURE MANAGEMENT AND
REPORTING

13. CONFIGURING SYSLOG LOGGING

14. CONFIGURATION OF SNMP

15. CONFIGURATION OF NTPv3

16. CONFIGURING AAA ON CISCO ROUTERS

17. DISABLING UNUSED CISCO ROUTERS USING NETWORK SERVICES
AND INTERFACES

18. SECURITY CISCO ROUTER INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATIVE
ACCESS

Page 229 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 1 – Configure Site-to-Site IPSEC VPN

R1 R2

S 1/0 S 0/2

FA 0/0
E 0/0

HOST A HOST B

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
Fa 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure the ISAKMP policy required to establish on IKE tunnel.
Define the IPSec transform-set.
Create crypto ACL to define which traffic should be sent through the IPSec tunnel.
Create crypto map that maps the previously configured parameters and defines IPSec
peer device.
Apply the crypto map to the outgoing interface of the VPN device.

Page 230 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1 R2

Crypto isakmp enable Crypto isakmp enable

Crypto isakmp policy 20 Crypto isakmp policy 15
Encryption 3des Encryption 3des
Hash md5 Hash md5
Authentication pre-share Authentication pre-share
Group1 Group1

Crypto isakmp key cisco123 address 2.2.2.2 Crypto isakmp key cisco123 address 2.2.2.1

Crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-des Crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-des

Access-list 101 permit ip Access-list 101 permit ip
10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255

Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp
Set peer 2.2.2.2 Set peer 2.2.2.1
Set transform-set set1 Set transform-set set1
Match address 101 Match address 101

Int s1/0 Int s0/2
Crypto map map1 Crypto map map1

Ip route 20.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 2.2.2.2 Ip route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 2.2.2.2

Verification:

R1#show crypto isakmp sa

dst src state conn-id slot
2.2.2.2 2.2.2.1 QM_IDLE 1 0

The output displays the IKE tunnel established between src and dst. With the state
displayed as QM-IDLE and a connection-id, if nothing of the above is displayed then the
IKE phase I has not established.

Page 231 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1#show crypto isakmp policy

Protection suite of priority 10
encryption algorithm: Three key triple DES
hash algorithm: Message Digest 5
authentication method: Pre-Shared Key
Diffie-Hellman group: #1 (768 bit)
lifetime: 86400 seconds, no volume limit

The output displays all the policies defined and also the default policy set.

R1#show crypto isakmp key
Keyring Hostname/Address Preshared Key
default 2.2.2.2 cisco123

The output displays the pre-shared key defined manually.

R1#show crypto map

Crypto Map "map1" 10 ipsec-isakmp
Peer = 2.2.2.2
Extended IP access list 101
access-list 101 permit ip 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
Current peer: 2.2.2.2
Security association lifetime: 4608000 kilobytes/3600 seconds
PFS (Y/N): N
Transform sets={
set1,
}
Interfaces using crypto map map1:
Serial1/0

The output displays the crypto map configured and also SA lifetime is displayed.

R1#show crypto ipsec sa

interface: Serial1/0
Crypto map tag: map1, local addr. 2.2.2.1

protected vrf:
local ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (10.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
remote ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (20.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
current_peer: 2.2.2.2:500
PERMIT, flags={origin_is_acl,}
#pkts encaps: 103, #pkts encrypt: 103, #pkts digest 0

Page 232 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
#pkts decaps: 103, #pkts decrypt: 103, #pkts verify 0
#pkts compressed: 0, #pkts decompressed: 0
#pkts not compressed: 0, #pkts compr. failed: 0
#pkts not decompressed: 0, #pkts decompress failed: 0
#send errors 1, #recv errors 0
local crypto endpt.: 2.2.2.1, remote crypto endpt.: 2.2.2.2
path mtu 1500, media mtu 1500
current outbound spi: 163B5574
inbound esp sas:
spi: 0xECF19512(3975255314)
transform: esp-des ,
in use settings ={Tunnel, }
slot: 0, conn id: 2000, flow_id: 1, crypto map: map1
sa timing: remaining key lifetime (k/sec): (4412874/2809)
IV size: 8 bytes
replay detection support: N
outbound esp sas:
spi: 0x163B5574(372987252)
transform: esp-des ,
in use settings ={Tunnel, }
slot: 0, conn id: 2001, flow_id: 2, crypto map: map1
sa timing: remaining key lifetime (k/sec): (4412874/2809)
IV size: 8 bytes
replay detection support: N

The output displays the packets encrypted or decrypted.
Before verifying this command ping to the destination, i.e., once the interesting traffic is
sent the SA is formed and then secured.

R1#show crypto ipsec transform-set

Transform set set1: { esp-des }
will negotiate = { Tunnel, },

The output displays the transform-set.

Page 233 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 2 – Configure IPSEC Site-to-Site VPN
Using SDM

Configure IPSec side-to-side VPN using SDM (Security Device Manager).

• SDM is an easy-to-use internet browser-based device management tool that is
embedded within Cisco IOS 800 – 3800 series router at no cost.
• SDM simplifies router and security configuration through the use of intelligent
wizards to enable customers and partners to quickly and easily deploy, configure,
and monitor Cisco router.

Navigations

From the desktop, start the cisco SDM launcher software.
Click configure icon from the main window.
Click VPN icon to open VPN page.
Choose side-to-side VPN wizard from the list.
Click launch the selected task button.
Window will open to choose wizard mode.
Choose step-by-step setup.
Choose the outside interface towards IPSec peer.
Specify the IP address of the peer.
Choose the authentication method and specify the key.
Click next button to proceed.

Set IKE policies by clicking add button and specify the parameters:
IKE proposal priority – 2
Encryption algorithm – 3des.
HMAC – sha
IKE authentication method
Diffie-Hellman group – 1
IKE lifetime

Click next button to proceed..
Set transform-set by clicking add button and specify the parameters:
Transform set name – set 1
Encryption algorithm – esp-des
HMAC
Mode of operation – tunnel
Optional compression

Page 234 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Click next to proceed

• Click create / select an access-list for IPSec traffic radio button.
• Click create a new rule (ACL) and select option.
• Give the access rule a name and click add button.
-At the end of step-by-step setup the wizard presents a summary of the
configured parameters.
-Click finish button to complete the configuration.

Verify

• Click “test tunnel” button to run a test to determine the configuration correctness
of the tunnel.
• Click “monitor icon” – the screen will display all IPSec tunnels, parameters and
status.
• Same with “VPN status” icon & “IPSec tunnels”.

Page 235 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 3 – Configure Split Tunneling

R3

S0
S1

S 1/0 S0/2

R1 R2

E 1/ 0
FA0/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E 1/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
Page 236 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Fa 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure routing (EIGRP 10) on R1, R2, and R3.
Configure IPSec VPN only on R1 and R2.
No IPSec VPN configuration on R3.

R1 R2

Crypto isakmp enable Crypto isakmp enable

Crypto isakmp policy 10 Crypto isakmp policy 15
Encryption 3des Encryption 3des
Hash md5 Hash md5
Authentication pre-share Authentication pre-share
Group1 Group1

Crypto isakmp key cisco123 address 3.3.3.2 Crypto isakmp key cisco123 address 2.2.2.1

Crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-des Crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-des

Access-list 101 permit ip Access-list 101 permit ip
10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255

Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp
Set peer 3.3.3.2 Set peer 2.2.2.1
Set transform-set set1 Set transform-set set1
Match address 101 Match address 101

Int s1/0 Int s0/2
Crypto map map1 Crypto map map1

Verification:
R1#show crypto isakmp sa

dst src state conn-id slot
3.3.3.2 2.2.2.1 QM_IDLE 1 0

The output displays current IKE SA’s. QM_IDLE status indicates an active IKE SA.
Page 237 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1#show crypto ipsec sa

interface: Serial1/0
Crypto map tag: map1, local addr. 2.2.2.1

protected vrf:
local ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (10.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
remote ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (20.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
current_peer: 3.3.3.2:500
PERMIT, flags={origin_is_acl,}
#pkts encaps: 99, #pkts encrypt: 99, #pkts digest 0
#pkts decaps: 99, #pkts decrypt: 99, #pkts verify 0
#pkts compressed: 0, #pkts decompressed: 0
#pkts not compressed: 0, #pkts compr. failed: 0
#pkts not decompressed: 0, #pkts decompress failed: 0
#send errors 1, #recv errors 0
----output omitted----

The output displays current settings used by current SA’s. Non-zero encryption and
decryption statistics can indicate a working set of IPSec SA’s.

Page 238 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 4 – Configure GRE Tunnel (Point-to-point)

R1 R2
S 1/0 S0

E0
E 1/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E 1/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
Fa 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure static route for reachability to the destination ip address for both R1 and R2.
Configure tunneling by creating interface tunnel 0 on both R1 & R2.
Assign virtual IP address to this interface tunnel 0 on both R1 & R2.

R1 R2

Ip route 20.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 2.2.2.2 Ip route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 2.2.2.1

Int tunnel 0 Int tunnel 0
Ip address 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0 Ip address 30.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
Tunnel source s1/0 Tunnel source s0
Tunnel destination 2.2.2.2 Tunnel destination 2.2.2.1
Tunnel mode gre ip Tunnel mode gre ip

Verification:
Page 239 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1#show ip int brief

Interface IP-Address OK? Method Status Protocol

Ethernet0/0 10.1.1.1 YES manual up up
Serial1/0 2.2.2.1 YES manual up up
Tunnel0 30.1.1.1 YES manual up up

The output displays int tunnel 0 status is up and protocol status is also up, which indicates
that GRE tunnel configuration is successful.

R1#ping 30.1.1.2

Type escape sequence to abort.
Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 30.1.1.2, timeout is 2 seconds:
!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 36/39/44 ms

Page 240 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 5 – GRE Tunneling Using Three Routers
With no Routing in the Middle Router

R3

S0
S1

S 1/0 S0/2
Tunnel 0

R1 R2

Tunnel 0
E 0/ 0
FA0/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
Page 241 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Fa 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Create interface tunnel 0 on R1 & R2.
Verify connectivity.
Configure OSPF routing protocol on R1 & R2 only.
Verify if routes are visible in the routing table of R1 & R2.

R1 R2

Ip route 3.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 2.2.2.2 Ip route 2.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 3.3.3.1

Int tunnel 0 Int tunnel 0
Ip address 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0 Ip address 30.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
Tunnel source s1/0 Tunnel source s0/2
Tunnel destination 3.3.3.2 Tunnel destination 2.2.2.1
Tunnel mode gre ip Tunnel mode gre ip

Verification:

R1#show ip int brief

Interface IP-Address OK? Method Status Protocol
Ethernet0/0 10.1.1.1 YES manual up up
Serial1/0 2.2.2.1 YES manual up up
Tunnel0 30.1.1.1 YES manual up up

The output displays tunnel 0 is up

Task

Configure OSPF routing protocol on R1 & R2 only.
Verify if routes are visible in the routing table of R1 & R2.

R1 R2

Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Page 242 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show ip ospf neighbor

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Address Interface
30.1.1.2 0 FULL/ - 00:00:37 30.1.1.2 Tunnel0

The output displays tunnel ip address (30.1.1.2) as the neighbor-id

R1#show ip route

C 2.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial1/0
S 3.0.0.0/8 [1/0] via 2.2.2.2
O 20.0.0.0/8 [110/11112] via 30.1.1.2, 00:15:35, Tunnel0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet0/0
C 30.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Tunnel0

The output displays ‘O’ (OSPF) route for network 20.0.0.0 carrying via the tunnel IP
address (30.1.1.2)
This indicates that routes are traveling via the gre tunnel.
Though, there is another router in between R1 & R2, the tunnel appears as a point-to-
point link.
R1#traceroute 20.1.1.1

Type escape sequence to abort.
Tracing the route to 20.1.1.1

1 30.1.1.2 40 msec 40 msec *

The output displays the trace as 1 hop because of the gre tunnel.

Page 243 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 6 – Configuring GRE Over IPSEC

(Scenario Based On Lab 5)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 1/0 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R3

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
S1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
Fa 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Create interface tunnel 0 on R1 and R2
Verify connectivity
Configure OSPF on R1 & R2 only.
Verify if the routes are traveling via the tunnel.

R1 R2

Ip route 3.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 2.2.2.2 Ip route 2.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 3.3.3.1

Int tunnel 0 Int tunnel 0
Ip address 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0 Ip address 30.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
Tunnel source s1/0 Tunnel source s0/2
Tunnel destination 3.3.3.2 Tunnel destination 2.2.2.1
Tunnel mode gre ip Tunnel mode gre ip

Page 244 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Router ospf 1 Router ospf 1
Network 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0
Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0 Network 30.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 area 0

Task

Configure IPSec from R1 to R2 on the GRE tunnel.

R1 R2

Crypto isakmp enable Crypto isakmp enable

Crypto isakmp policy 10 Crypto isakmp policy 20
Encryption 3des Encryption 3des
Hash md5 Hash md5
Authentication pre-share Authentication pre-share
Group1 Group1

Crypto isakmp key cisco123 address 3.3.3.2 Crypto isakmp key cisco123 address 2.2.2.1

Crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-des Crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-des

Access-list 101 permit ip Access-list 101 permit ip
10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255 10.0.0.0 0.255.255.255

Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp
Set peer 3.3.3.2 Set peer 2.2.2.1
Set transform-set set1 Set transform-set set1
Match address 101 Match address 101

Int s1/0 Int s0/2
Crypto map map1 Crypto map map1

Int tunnel 0 Int tunnel 0
Crypto map map1 Crypto map map1

Page 245 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show crypto isakmp sa

dst src state conn-id slot
3.3.3.2 2.2.2.1 QM_IDLE 1 0

The output displays the current IKE session and QM_IDLE indicates that the IKE is
active.

R1#show crypto ipsec sa

interface: Serial1/0
Crypto map tag: map1, local addr. 2.2.2.1
protected vrf:
local ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (10.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
remote ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (20.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
current_peer: 3.3.3.2:500
PERMIT, flags={origin_is_acl,}
#pkts encaps: 99, #pkts encrypt: 99, #pkts digest 0
#pkts decaps: 99, #pkts decrypt: 99, #pkts verify 0
#pkts compressed: 0, #pkts decompressed: 0
#pkts not compressed: 0, #pkts compr. failed: 0
#pkts not decompressed: 0, #pkts decompress failed: 0
#send errors 1, #recv errors 0
----output omitted----

interface: Tunnel0
Crypto map tag: map1, local addr. 2.2.2.1
protected vrf:
local ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (10.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
remote ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (20.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
current_peer: 3.3.3.2:500
PERMIT, flags={origin_is_acl,}
#pkts encaps: 99, #pkts encrypt: 99, #pkts digest 0
#pkts decaps: 99, #pkts decrypt: 99, #pkts verify 0
#pkts compressed: 0, #pkts decompressed: 0
#pkts not compressed: 0, #pkts compr. failed: 0
#pkts not decompressed: 0, #pkts decompress failed: 0
#send errors 1, #recv errors 0
----output omitted----

The output displays current settings used by current SA’s. Non-zero encryption and
decryption statistics can indicate a working set of IPSec SA’s.

Page 246 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 7 – Configuring GRE Over IPSEC
Site-to-Site Tunnel Using SDM

Configure GRE over IPSec side-to-side tunnel using SDM

• Click configure icon to enter configuration page.
• Click VPN icon.
• Choose site-to-site VPN wizard
• Click create site-to-site VPN tab.
• Click create secure GRE tunnel (GRE over IPSec) radio button.
• Click launch the selected task.

GRE tunnel information

• Specify GRE tunnel source IP address and destination IP address.
• Define the IP address & subnet mask that are applied to virtual point-to-point link.
• Click next
• Optionally w can create second GRE tunnel and click next.
• IPSec – specific parameters :
-Click preshared keys authentication method radio button.
-Specify preshared key and click next
• IKE proposals
-Click add button and create custom IKE policy & click next.
• Transform-set
-Click add button and specify parameters and click next.
• Select the routing protocol
-Select OSPF routing protocol radio button.
-Define router OSPF process ID & area number for tunnel.
-Define one or more local subnets to be advertised to OSPF neighbors.
• At the end, the wizard will present a summary of the configured parameters and
click finish to complete the configuration.
• Verification
-Click test tunnel button and also click monitor icon to display the status of
the tunnel.

Page 247 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 8 – Configure Cisco VPN Client
(Remote Access VPN)

PC1 R1

FA0/0 Loopback 0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
Loopback 0 100.100.100.100 255.255.255.0
Fa 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
PC 1 20.1.1.20 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Configure R1 with the VPN server configuration.
Install Cisco VPN client software on the PC.
Create a loopback 0 (100.100.100.100) and try sending traffic to this address from the PC
and verify if the VPN tunnel is established or not.

R1

aaa new-model
aaa authentication login list1 local
aaa authorization network list2 local

Username user1 password user1

Crypto isakmp policy 10
Encryption 3des
Hash md5
Page 248 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Authentication pre-share
Group 2

IP local pool p1 30.1.1.1 30.1.1.100

Crypto isakmp client cocnfiguration group group1
Key cisco123
Pool p1

crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-3des esp-md5-hmac

Crypto dynamic-map dmap1 10
Set transform-set set1
Reverse-route

Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp dynamic map1
Crypto map map1 client configuration address respond
Crypto map map1 client authentication list list1
Crypto map map1 isakmp authorization list list2

Int fa0/0
Crypto map map1

Int loopback 0
IP address 100.100.100.100 255.0.0.0

PC client S/W installation :

• Install a Cisco VPN client on the remote user PC.
• Start  programs  Cisco systems VPN client  click VPN client.
• VPN client application starts.
• Click the “new” icon in the toolbar.
• Enter a name for the new connection enter field.
• Enter description of this connection in the description field.
• Enter the hostname or IP address of the remote VPN device (server) (20.1.1.1)
that we want to access.
• Under the authentication tab, select the group authentication radio button.
• In the name field, enter the name of the IPSec group (group1) to which you
belong.
• In the password field, enter the password (cisco123) for IPSec group.
• Verify password in the confirm password field.
• Save the connection entery by clicking the save button.

Page 249 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
• Before we connect to the server from the client, send traffic trough the path where
tunnel is established
-Therefore, ping from PC (20.1.1.20) to loopback 0 (100.100.100.100)
-PC > ping 100.100.100.100 –t (the output display that reply received frm
the address 100.100.100.100).
-Verify by clicking connect on the VPN client application. The VPN client
window prompts for username and password
-In the user name field enter username (user1)
-In the password field enter password (user1)
-As soon as you enter the above details the connection is established.

Verification:

R1#show crypto isakmp sa

dst src state conn-id slot
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.20 QM_IDLE 2 0

The output displays quick mode state and a connection id that indicates that tunnel is
established

R1#show crypto ipsec sa

interface: FastEthernet0/0
Crypto map tag: map1, local addr. 20.1.1.1

protected vrf:
local ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0/0/0)
remote ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (30.1.1.1/255.255.255.255/0/0)
current_peer: 20.1.1.20:500
PERMIT, flags={}
#pkts encaps: 110, #pkts encrypt: 110, #pkts digest 110
#pkts decaps: 153, #pkts decrypt: 153, #pkts verify 153
#pkts compressed: 0, #pkts decompressed: 0
#pkts not compressed: 0, #pkts compr. failed: 0
#pkts not decompressed: 0, #pkts decompress failed: 0
#send errors 0, #recv errors 0

The output displays that packets passing the tunnel are encrypted and also decrypted.
This indicates the tunnel created is secure, thus giving access to the remote clients to the
server on the internet securely.

Page 250 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 9 – Configure Cisco Easy VPN

(Scenario Based On Lab 8)

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
Loopback 0 100.100.100.100 255.255.255.0
Fa 0/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Configure R1 as easy VPN server.
Do not cofigure authentication and username and password.
Create loopback address to send traffic from the client PC to verify the tunnel.

R1

aaa new-model
aaa authorization network list2 local

Crypto isakmp policy 10
Encryption 3des
Hash md5
Authentication pre-share
Group 2

IP local pool p1 30.1.1.1 30.1.1.100

Crypto isakmp client cocnfiguration group group1
Key cisco123
Pool p1

crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-3des esp-md5-hmac

Crypto dynamic-map dmap1 10
Set transform-set set1
Page 251 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Reverse-route

Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp dynamic map1
Crypto map map1 client configuration address respond
Crypto map map1 isakmp authorization list list2

Int fa0/0
Crypto map map1

Int loopback 0
IP address 100.100.100.100 255.0.0.0

PC : Easy VPN client

• Install a Cisco VPN client on the PC.
• Start  programs  Cisco systems VPN client  click VPN client.
• VPN client application starts.
• Click the “new” icon in the toolbar.
• Enter name and description for the connection entry.
• Enter the hostname or IP address of the server.
• Under the authentication tab : enter the name of the IPSec group (group1) and
password for the group (cisco123).
• Save the connection entry
-Before we connect to the server from the client PC, send traffic through the
path where tunnel is established.
-Therefore, ping from PC (20.1.1.20) to loopback 0 (100.100.100.100)
-PC > ping 100.100.100.100 –t
 The output displays that replies are received from the address
• Verify by clicking connect on the application. It does not ask for username or
password.

Verification :

R1#show crypto isakmp sa

dst src state conn-id slot
20.1.1.1 20.1.1.20 QM_IDLE 2 0

The output displays quick mode state and a connection id that indicates that tunnel is
established

Page 252 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1#show crypto ipsec sa

interface: FastEthernet0/0
Crypto map tag: map1, local addr. 20.1.1.1

protected vrf:
local ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0/0/0)
remote ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (30.1.1.1/255.255.255.255/0/0)
current_peer: 20.1.1.20:500
PERMIT, flags={}
#pkts encaps: 110, #pkts encrypt: 110, #pkts digest 110
#pkts decaps: 153, #pkts decrypt: 153, #pkts verify 153
#pkts compressed: 0, #pkts decompressed: 0
#pkts not compressed: 0, #pkts compr. failed: 0
#pkts not decompressed: 0, #pkts decompress failed: 0
#send errors 0, #recv errors 0

The output displays that packets passing the tunnel are encrypted and also decrypted.
This indicates the tunnel created is secure, thus giving access to the remote clients to the
server on the internet securely.

Page 253 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 10 – Configure Easy-VPN Server and
Client as Router

R1 R2

S 0/2 S 2/0

E 3/0
FA 0/0

PC 1

Interface IP Address Configuration

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 2/0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E 3/0 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
S 0/2 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Fa 0/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
PC 1 10.1.1.20 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Configure the client in network-extension mode.
Create reverse-route on the server and a static route in client to reach server.
Do not telnet until the VPN tunnel is established.

R2

aaa new-model
aaa authentication login xyz none

Page 254 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
aaa authorization network lauthor local

Crypto isakmp policy 10
Encryption 3des
Hash md5
Authentication pre-share
Group 2

IP local pool p1 30.1.1.1 30.1.1.100

Crypto isakmp client cocnfiguration group group1
Key cisco123
Pool p1

crypto ipsec transform-set set1 esp-3des esp-md5-hmac

Crypto dynamic-map dmap1 10
Set transform-set set1
Reverse-route

Crypto map map1 10 ipsec-isakmp dynamic map1
Crypto map map1 client configuration address respond
Crypto map map1 isakmp authorization list lauthor

Line vty 0 4
Login authentication xyz

Int s2/0
Crypto map map1

R1

Crypto ipsec client ezvpn vpn1
Group group1 key cisco123
Peer 1.1.1.2
Connect auto
Mode network-extension

Int fa0/0
Crypto ipsec client ezvpn vpn1 inside

Page 255 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Int s0/2
Crypto ipsec client ezvpn vpn1 outside

Ip route 20.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 1.1.1.2

Verification :

R2#show crypto isakmp sa

dst src state conn-id slot
1.1.1.2 1.1.1.1 QM_IDLE 1 0

The output displays a connection-id and quick mode state denoting SA is created

R2#show crypto ipsec sa

interface: Serial2/0
Crypto map tag: map1, local addr. 1.1.1.2

protected vrf:
local ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0/0/0)
remote ident (addr/mask/prot/port): (10.0.0.0/255.0.0.0/0/0)
current_peer: 1.1.1.1:500
PERMIT, flags={}
#pkts encaps: 50, #pkts encrypt: 50, #pkts digest 50
#pkts decaps: 51, #pkts decrypt: 51, #pkts verify 51
#pkts compressed: 0, #pkts decompressed: 0
#pkts not compressed: 0, #pkts compr. failed: 0
#pkts not decompressed: 0, #pkts decompress failed: 0
#send errors 0, #recv errors 0

The output displays packets being encrypted and decrypted.

R1#show crypto ipsec client ezvpn

Easy VPN Remote Phase: 2

Tunnel name : vpn1
Inside interface list: FastEthernet0/0,
Outside interface: Serial0/2
Current State: IPSEC_ACTIVE
Last Event: SOCKET_UP

Page 256 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
The output displays current state for IPSec as active that indicates the tunnel is
established.

If mode client configured on the client side, the client does nat translations.

R1#show ip nat translations

Pro Inside global Inside local Outside local Outside global
icmp 30.1.1.1:512 20.1.1.20:512 10.1.1.1:512 10.1.1.1:512

The output displays the client doing nat translations. This happens only if the client is
configured in ‘client mode’.

R2#show ip route

Gateway of last resort is not set

C 1.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Serial2/0
C 10.0.0.0/8 is directly connected, Ethernet3/0
30.0.0.0/32 is subnetted, 1 subnets
S 30.1.1.1 [1/0] via 1.1.1.2

The static route for 30.0.0.0 network is automatically created because of the reverse-route
configured in the server.

R2#show ip local pool

Pool Begin End Free In use
p1 30.1.1.1 30.1.1.100 100 1

The output shows the ip address in the pool.

Page 257 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 11– Configure Frame Mode MPLS

MPLS Domain
R1 R2
R3
Loopback0 E3/0 E1/0 E1/1 E0/0

E0/1
E1/2
0
FA0/0
Loopback 0

R4

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 1.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 1/0 1.1.1.2 255.0.0.0
E 1/1 2.2.2.1 255.0.0.0
E 1/2 20.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Page 258 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R3
Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 0/0 2.2.2.2 255.0.0.0
E 0/1 3.3.3.1 255.0.0.0

R4
Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
FA 0/0 3.3.3.2 255.0.0.0
Loopback 0 30.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task
Configure OSPF in Area 0 in the MPLS domain as per the scenario and EIGRP AS 200
on R1 (Loopback 0) and EIGRP AS 100 on R3 (E0/1), R4 (FA0/0, Loopback 0).
Mutually redistribute these two routing protocols.
Configure MPLS on R1 (E 3/0), R2 (E1/0, E1/1, E 1/2) and R3 (E0/0).
Enable CEF on routers configured in MPLS domain.

R1 R3

Ip cef Ip cef

Interface e3/0 Interface e0/0
Mpls ip Mpls ip
Mpls label protocol ldp Mpls label protocol ldp
Mpls mtu 1512 Mpls mtu 1512
R2

Ip cef

Interface e1/0
Mpls ip
Mpls label protocol ldp
Mpls mtu 1512

Interface e1/1
Mpls ip
Mpls label protocol ldp
Mpls mtu 1512

Interface e1/2
Mpls ip
Page 259 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Mpls label protocol ldp
Mpls mtu 1512

Verification :

R1#show mpls ldp neighbor

Peer LDP Ident: 20.1.1.1:0; Local LDP Ident 10.1.1.1:0
TCP connection: 20.1.1.1.11043 - 10.1.1.1.646
State: Oper; Msgs sent/rcvd: 99/99; Downstream
Up time: 01:18:58
LDP discovery sources:
Ethernet3/0, Src IP addr: 1.1.1.2
Addresses bound to peer LDP Ident:
1.1.1.2 2.2.2.1 20.1.1.1
The output displays the neighbor for R1.

R1#show mpls forwarding-table

Local Outgoing Prefix Bytes tag Outgoing Next Hop
tag tag or VC or Tunnel Id switched interface
16 Pop tag 2.0.0.0/8 0 Et3/0 1.1.1.2
17 Pop tag 20.0.0.0/8 0 Et3/0 1.1.1.2
18 16 3.0.0.0/8 0 Et3/0 1.1.1.2
19 18 30.0.0.0/8 0 Et3/0 1.1.1.2

The output displays the local tags attached to the router, outgoing tags and the outgoing
interface.

R1#show mpls ldp bindings
tib entry: 1.0.0.0/8, rev 2
local binding: tag: imp-null
remote binding: tsr: 20.1.1.1:0, tag: imp-null
tib entry: 2.0.0.0/8, rev 6
local binding: tag: 16
remote binding: tsr: 20.1.1.1:0, tag: imp-null
tib entry: 3.0.0.0/8, rev 10
local binding: tag: 18
remote binding: tsr: 20.1.1.1:0, tag: 16
tib entry: 10.0.0.0/8, rev 4
local binding: tag: imp-null
remote binding: tsr: 20.1.1.1:0, tag: 17
tib entry: 20.0.0.0/8, rev 8
local binding: tag: 17
remote binding: tsr: 20.1.1.1:0, tag: imp-null
Page 260 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
tib entry: 30.0.0.0/8, rev 12
local binding: tag: 19
remote binding: tsr: 20.1.1.1:0, tag: 18

The output displays local bindings of the tag to the router and also the remote bindings of
the same tag by its neighbor.

R2#sh mpls interfaces
Interface IP Tunnel Operational
Ethernet1/0 Yes (ldp) No Yes
Ethernet1/1 Yes (ldp) No Yes
Ethernet1/2 Yes (ldp) No Yes
The output displays the MPLS configured interfaces on the router.

R2#sh mpls label range
Downstream Generic label region: Min/Max label: 16/100000

The output displays the range for the labels from 16, as 1 -15 are reserved.

R2#show ip cef
Prefix Next Hop Interface
0.0.0.0/0 drop Null0 (default route handler entry)
0.0.0.0/32 receive
1.0.0.0/8 attached Ethernet1/0
1.0.0.0/32 receive
1.1.1.1/32 1.1.1.1 Ethernet1/0
1.1.1.2/32 receive
1.255.255.255/32 receive
2.0.0.0/8 attached Ethernet1/1
2.0.0.0/32 receive
2.2.2.1/32 receive
2.2.2.2/32 2.2.2.2 Ethernet1/1
2.255.255.255/32 receive
3.0.0.0/8 2.2.2.2 Ethernet1/1
10.0.0.0/8 1.1.1.1 Ethernet1/0
20.0.0.0/8 attached Ethernet1/2
20.0.0.0/32 receive
20.1.1.1/32 receive
20.255.255.255/32 receive
30.0.0.0/8 2.2.2.2 Ethernet1/1
224.0.0.0/4 drop
224.0.0.0/24 receive
255.255.255.255/32 receive
The output displays the summary of the FIB table.

Page 261 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 12 – Configure an SSH Server for Secure
Management and Reporting

PC1 R1
E1/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 1/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Configure R1 as SSH server.
Install SSH client software on the PC.

R1

Username user1 password user1
Enable secret Cisco
aaa new-model
aaa authentication login lauth local
Ip domain-name netmetrics
Crypto key generate rsa 512

Line vty 0 4
Login authentication lauth
Transport input ssh

Ip ssh time-out 120
Ip ssh authentication-retries 3

Next step is install putty software, i.e. it is a third party tool to log into the router.
Page 262 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
-Click run and install on the PC.
-Putty configuration window opens:  click session  the window prompts
for basic options for your putty session.
-Specify the destination you want to connect to : -
 Hostname (or IP address) : 10.1.1.1
 Port : 22
-Connection type – select the radio button for SSH.
-Click open  software window prompts for username & password.
-When all details are specified, you get access to the router.

Verification :

R-1(config) #do show crypto key mypubkey rsa

% Key pair was generated at: 00:21:16 UTC JUL 7 2007
Key name: R-1.netmetrics
Usage: General Purpose Key
Key is not exportable.
Key Data:
305C300D 06092A86 4886F70D 01010105 00034B00 30480241 00B2E7D3
1328D75A
EF058A59 E6A4D4A1 44015A01 10A0B0B9 6B286D32 B889182C 5DFDAC8F
1B289436
D08768DD D9B0D192 24B94D14 5D0F077E 478AD8EB 6026D789 FB020301 0001
% Key pair was generated at: 00:21:19 UTC JUL 7 2007
Key name: R-1.netmetrics.server
Usage: Encryption Key
Key is exportable.
Key Data:
307C300D 06092A86 4886F70D 01010105 00036B00 30680261 00D11809
646CA0C6
10B53FF6 1C372194 ABBC2720 8BFCFB5F 95B7BF71 0BD4B5DF B11BFB66
E9A4BC92
1A835176 79F97BF8 4A59E21F 5A0DD904 67D9184F F513FFC5 9E279965
9EF0483D
51242BDC 2DA4F53C 00105C2C 0389F9E1 1994DB91 3EEC6BE2 AD020301 0001

The output displays the generated key.

From PC1:

If user wants to telnet to the router, access is denied as it is configured as SSH .
Page 263 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R-1#show users

Line User Host(s) Idle Location
* 0 con 0 idle 00:00:00
130 vty 0 user1 idle 00:00:21 10.1.1.2

The output displays the user (10.1.1.2) via SSH.

Page 264 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 13 – Configure Syslog Logging

(Scenario Based On Lab 12)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 1/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
PC 1 10.1.1.2 255.0.0.0

PC 1

IP Address Subnet Mask
10.1.1.2 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Configure R1 to send log messages to the Syslog srever.
Install Syslog server software on the PC.

R1

Logging on
Logging host 10.1.1.2
Logging trap debugging

PC 1: -

Install kiwi syslog Daemon 8.2.18 installation on PC1.
Click run  agree the license agreement  select install kiwi syslog Daemon as an
application  click next  click install  select the checkbox “run kiwi syslog Daemon
8.2.18 and finally click finish.

Page 265 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

Logged Messages.
Date Time Priority Hostname Message
07-07-2007 15:37:58 Local7.Debug 10.1.1.1 213: ACK 53359694
WIN 64996
07-07-2007 15:37:58 Local7.Debug 10.1.1.1 212: *July 1 01:07:43.859:
tcp130: I ESTAB 10.1.1.4:1041 10.1.1.1:22 seq 2008571168
07-07-2007 15:37:57 Local7.Debug 10.1.1.1 211: DATA 20 ACK
2008571168 PSH WIN 3673
07-07-2007 15:37:57 Local7.Debug 10.1.1.1 210: *July 1 01:07:43.859:
tcp130: O ESTAB 10.1.1.4:22 10.1.1.1:1041 seq 53359674
07-07-2007 15:37:57 Local7.Debug 10.1.1.1 209: DATA 20 ACK
2008571168 PSH WIN 3673
07-07-2007 15:37:57 Local7.Debug 10.1.1.1 208: *July 1 01:07:43.823:
tcp130: O ESTAB 10.1.1.4:22 10.1.1.1:1041 seq 53359654
07-07-2007 15:37:57 Local7.Debug 10.1.1.1 207: DATA 20 ACK
53359654 PSH WIN 65036

The output displays the logged messages in the Syslog server. Any configuration made
via console is logged onto the syslog server. Any unauthorized access, can also be logged
and viewed on the syslog server.

R-1#show logging

Syslog logging: enabled (0 messages dropped, 2 messages rate-limited, 0 flushes,
0 overruns, xml disabled)
Console logging: level debugging, 215 messages logged, xml disabled
Monitor logging: level debugging, 0 messages logged, xml disabled
Buffer logging: disabled, xml disabled
Logging Exception size (4096 bytes)
Count and timestamp logging messages: disabled
Trap logging: level debugging, 222 message lines logged
Logging to 10.1.1.2, 123 message lines logged, xml disabled

The output displays that the syslog logging is enabled , ip address of the syslog server
and the number of messages logged.

Page 266 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 14 – Configure SNMP

PC1 R1

E3/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 50.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

PC 1

IP Address Subnet Mask
50.1.1.2 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Configure SNMP server.
Install network management tool (solar winds.net) on the PC.

R1

Access-list 10 permit 50.1.1.2
Access-list 10 deny any any
Snmp-server community public ro 10
Snmp-server communit private rw 10

PC 1 :

-When you install solar winds.net network management tool on the pc, an IP network
browser is also installed.
-Double click IP network browser  SNMP tool opens :
Page 267 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
-Enter hostname/ IP address: 50.1.1.1.
-Click scan device.
-The tool scans for the device with the IP address.
-You can see R1 with the IP address 50.1.1.1 and all the options and complete detailed
information about the router.
-As SNMP is a network management tool, you can download the running configuration
or startup-configuration:
-Click node  click tools  click view cisco config.
-Prompts for router/switch:
-Enter IP address of router (50.1.1.1)
-Enter community string
-Select private as it is in read-write feature.
-Click downloads.
-Prompts for type of configuration file:
-Click either running-config or startup-config accordingly
-Click ok.
-The tool copies the file using cisco-config-MIB, from R1 to PC1 through the SNMP
tool.

Page 268 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 15 – Configuring NTP

R1 R2

E3/0 E1/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1 (MASTER)

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

R2 (CLIENT)

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 1/0 10.1.1.2 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Set the clock to local current time on the master router (R1).
Configure R1 as NTP master and R2 as NTP client.

R1 R2

Clock set 16:10:30 07 July 2007 Ntp authentication - key 1 md5 cisco123
Ntp trusted – key 1
Clock timezone India +5 Ntp server 10.1.1.1 key 1
Ntp master 5
Ntp authentication-key 1 md5 cisco123 Int e1/0
Ntp peer 10.1.1.2 key 1 Ntp broadcast client

Int e3/0
Ntp broadcast

Page 269 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R2#show clock

19:10:28.355 UTC Sat Jul 7 2007

The output displays current time of R2 before NTP configuration.
Manually change the clock and check if the time is synchronizing :

R1#show clock

07:22:08.231 UTC Wed Sep 19 2007

Verify that the clock has synchronized according to the server time :

R2#show clock

07:21:46.775 UTC Wed Sep 19 2007

The output displays that the client has synchronized with the server time.

Page 270 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 16– Configuring AAA on Cisco Routers

PC1 R1

E3/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

PC 1

IP Address Subnet Mask
10.1.1.10 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task

Configure the AAA server on R1.
Configure AAA login authentication.
Install Cisco secure ACS 4.0 version on PC 1 and create users1 user2 and user3

R1

aaa new-model
Tacacs-server host 10.1.1.10 single-connection
Tacacs-server key cisco123
aaa authentication login default group tacacs+ local
aaa authentication login lauth group tacacs+
username user1 password user1

Line vty 0 4
Login authentication lauth
Page 271 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
When the tool is installed on PC 1, it prompts for passwords, specify the same password
configured as the tacacs-server key on the router (cisco123).
Follow the steps in configuring users and other parameters :
User setup
Add user  username : user 1 & password : user 1
User account is created for user1 and click submit
Click list all users.
-The output displays all the users and their status
Network configuration
Add AAA client
Client : Router
AAA client
IP address : 10.1.1.1
Key : Cisco123
Authenticate using : TACACS+
Click submit + apply button to save the entry
Add AAA server
Server : PC
AAA server
IP add : 10.1.1.10
Key : cisco123
AAA server type : TACACS+
Traffic type : inbound / outbound
Click submit + apply

Verification :

Telnet from PC 1 (10.1.1.10) to router R1:
The router prompts for username and password:
Specify the username and password created on the TACACS+
Server.
Authentication is approved and gains access to R1.

R1 # debug aaa authentication
Jul 7 20:29:49.139: AAA: parse name=tty0 idb type=-1 tty=-1
*Jul 7 20:29:49.139: AAA: name=tty0 flags=0x11 type=4 shelf=0 slot=0 adapter=0
port=0 channel=0
*Jul 7 20:29:49.139: AAA/MEMORY: create_user (0x65477DC0) user='raduser1' ruser
='NULL' ds0=0 port='tty0' rem_addr='async' authen_type=ASCII service=ENABLE priv
=15 initial_task_id='0', vrf= (id=0)
*Jul 7 20:29:49.139: AAA/AUTHEN/START (2180557774): port='tty0' list='' action=
LOGIN service=ENABLE
*Jul 7 20:29:49.143: AAA/AUTHEN/START (2180557774): console enable - default to
enable password (if any)
*Jul 7 20:29:49.143: AAA/AUTHEN/START (2180557774): Method=ENABLE

Page 272 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
*Jul 7 20:29:49.143: AAA/AUTHEN(2180557774): can't find any passwords
*Jul 7 20:29:49.143: AAA/AUTHEN(2180557774): Status=ERROR
*Jul 7 20:29:49.143: AAA/AUTHEN/START (2180557774): Method=NONE
*Jul 7 20:29:49.143: AAA/AUTHEN(2180557774): Status=PASS
The output displays the status PASS indicates successful authentication.

Task 2
(Scenario Based On Task 1)
Configure the AAA server on R1.
Configure AAA login authentication.
Install Cisco secure ACS 4.0 version on PC 1 and create users1 user2 and user3

R1

aaa new-model
Radius-server host 10.1.1.10
Radius-server key cisco123
aaa authentication login r1 group radius local
aaa authentication login default local group radius

Line vty 0 4
Login authentication r1

Install the Cisco Secure ACS on the PC and complete the parameters.
User setup
Add user  username : user 2 & password : user 2
username : user 3 & password : user 3
password authentication  specify ACS Internal Database
User account is created for user 2, user 3 and click submit
Click list all users.
-The output displays all the users and their status
Network Management :-
Add AAA client
Client : Router
AAA client
IP address : 10.1.1.1
Key : Cisco123
Authenticate using : RADIUS (Cisco IOS)
Click submit + apply button to save the entry
Add AAA server
Server : PC
AAA server
IP add : 10.1.1.10
Key : cisco123
Page 273 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
AAA server type : RADIUS
Traffic type : inbound / outbound
Click submit + apply

Verification:

Telnet from PC 1 (10.1.1.10) to router R1:
The router prompts for username and password:
Specify the username and password created on the RADIUS
Server.
Authentication is approved and gains access to R1.

Router# debug aaa authentication

*Jul 7 20:12:53.355: AAA: parse name=tty0 idb type=-1 tty=-1
*Jul 7 20:12:53.355: AAA: name=tty0 flags=0x11 type=4 shelf=0 slot=0 adapter=0
port=0 channel=0
*Jul 7 20:12:53.359: AAA/MEMORY: create_user (0x65477DC0) user='raduser1' ruser
='NULL' ds0=0 port='tty0' rem_addr='async' authen_type=ASCII service=ENABLE priv
=15 initial_task_id='0', vrf= (id=0)
*Jul 7 20:12:53.359: AAA/AUTHEN/START (1211612866): port='tty0' list='' action=
LOGIN service=ENABLE
*Jul 7 20:12:53.359: AAA/AUTHEN/START (1211612866): console enable - default to
enable password (if any)
*Jul 7 20:12:53.359: AAA/AUTHEN/START (1211612866): Method=ENABLE
*Jul 7 20:12:53.359: AAA/AUTHEN(1211612866): can't find any passwords
*Jul 7 20:12:53.359: AAA/AUTHEN(1211612866): Status=ERROR
*Jul 7 20:12:53.359: AAA/AUTHEN/START (1211612866): Method=NONE
*Jul 7 20:12:53.359: AAA/AUTHEN(1211612866): Status=PASS

The output displays the status PASS indicates successful authentication.

Lab 17– DISABLING UNUSED CISCO
ROUTERS USING NETWORK SERVICES
AND INTERFACES
Page 274 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
LOCKING DOWN ROUTERS WITH AUTO SECURE:

Router#auto secure
--- AutoSecure Configuration ---

*** AutoSecure configuration enhances the security of
the router, but it will not make it absolutely resistant
to all security attacks ***

AutoSecure will modify the configuration of your device.
All configuration changes will be shown.

At any prompt you may enter '?' for help.
Use ctrl-c to abort this session at any prompt.

Gathering information about the router for AutoSecure

Is this router connected to internet? [no]: y
Enter the number of interfaces facing the internet [1]: 1

Interface IP-Address OK? Method Status Protocol
Serial2/0 1.1.1.1 YES manual up down

Ethernet3/0 20.1.1.1 YES manual up up

Enter the interface name that is facing the internet: Ethernet3/0

Securing Management plane services...

Disabling service finger
Disabling service pad
Disabling udp & tcp small servers
Enabling service password encryption
Enabling service tcp-keepalives-in
Enabling service tcp-keepalives-out
Disabling the cdp protocol
Disabling the bootp server
Disabling the http server
Disabling the finger service
Disabling source routing
Disabling gratuitous arp

Page 275 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Here is a sample Security Banner to be shown
at every access to device. Modify it to suit your
enterprise requirements.

Authorized Access only
This system is the property of So-&-So-Enterprise.

Enter the security banner {Put the banner between
k and k, where k is any character}:
% This system is the property of Netmetric Solutions.
Please Handle With Care %
Enable secret is either not configured or
is the same as enable password
Enter the new enable secret: netmetrics
Confirm the enable secret : netmetrics
Enter the new enable password: solutions
Confirm the enable password: solutions

Configuration of local user database
Enter the username: User1
Enter the password: password
Confirm the password: password
Configuring AAA local authentication
Configuring Console, Aux and VTY lines for
local authentication, exec-timeout, and transport
Securing device against Login Attacks
Configure the following parameters

Blocking Period when Login Attack detected: 300

Maximum Login failures with the device: 3

Maximum time period for crossing the failed login attempts: 60

Configuring interface specific AutoSecure services

Disabling the following ip services on all interfaces:

no ip redirects
no ip proxy-arp
no ip unreachables
no ip directed-broadcast
no ip mask-reply
Disabling mop on Ethernet interfaces

Page 276 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Securing Forwarding plane services...

Enabling CEF (This might impact the memory requirements for your platform)
Enabling unicast rpf on all interfaces connected
to internet
Tcp intercept feature is used prevent tcp syn attack
on the servers in the network. Create autosec_tcp_intercept_list
to form the list of servers to which the tcp traffic is to
be observed

Enable tcp intercept feature? [yes/no]: y

This is the configuration generated:

no service finger
no service pad
no service udp-small-servers
no service tcp-small-servers
service password-encryption
service tcp-keepalives-in
service tcp-keepalives-out
no cdp run
no ip bootp server
no ip http server
no ip finger
no ip source-route
no ip gratuitous-arps
no ip identd
banner motd ^C This system is the property of Netmetric Solutions.
Please Handle With Care ^C
security passwords min-length 6
security authentication failure rate 10 log
enable secret 5 $1$TnMh$9BZLJz5BhTyu9wjqJ9DXF/
enable password 7 105D061510031B040217
username User1 password 7 01030717481C091D25
aaa new-model
aaa authentication login local_auth local
line con 0
login authentication local_auth
exec-timeout 5 0
transport output telnet
line aux 0
login authentication local_auth
exec-timeout 10 0
transport output telnet

Page 277 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
line vty 0 4
login authentication local_auth
transport input telnet
login block-for 300 attempts 3 within 60
service timestamps debug datetime msec localtime show-timezone
service timestamps log datetime msec localtime show-timezone
logging facility local2
logging trap debugging
service sequence-numbers
logging console critical
logging buffered
interface Serial2/0
no ip redirects
no ip proxy-arp
no ip unreachables
no ip directed-broadcast
no ip mask-reply
interface Serial2/1
no ip redirects
no ip proxy-arp
no ip unreachables
no ip directed-broadcast
no ip mask-reply
interface Serial2/2
no ip redirects
no ip proxy-arp
no ip unreachables
no ip directed-broadcast
no ip mask-reply
interface Serial2/3
no ip redirects
no ip proxy-arp
no ip unreachables
no ip directed-broadcast
no ip mask-reply
interface Ethernet3/0
no ip redirects
no ip proxy-arp
no ip unreachables
no ip directed-broadcast
no ip mask-reply
no mop enabled
interface TokenRing3/0
no ip redirects
no ip proxy-arp

Page 278 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
no ip unreachables
no ip directed-broadcast
no ip mask-reply
ip cef
access-list 100 permit udp any any eq bootpc
interface Ethernet3/0
ip verify unicast source reachable-via rx allow-default 100
ip tcp intercept list autosec_tcp_intercept_list
ip tcp intercept drop-mode random
ip tcp intercept watch-timeout 15
ip tcp intercept connection-timeout 3600
ip tcp intercept max-incomplete low 450
ip tcp intercept max-incomplete high 550
!
end

Apply this configuration to running-config? [yes]: y

Router#sh flash

System flash directory:
File Length Name/status
1 26749788 c3640-js-mz.124-7.bin
2 944 pre_autosec.cfg
[26750860 bytes used, 6279280 available, 33030140 total]
32768K bytes of processor board System flash (Read/Write)

Lab 18 – SECURITY CISCO ROUTER
INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATIVE
ACCESS
Page 279 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
1. CONFIGURING ROUTER PASSWORDS:

• Every router needs a locally configured router for privilege access.
• Passwords are maintained on an AAA server.
• Different ways to gain administrative access to the router are :

1. Console port
2. Telnet
3. Secure shell (SSH)
4. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
5. Cisco Security Device Manager (SDM) access using HTTP and HTTPS
• Passwords can be 1 to 25 characters in length.
• Passwords can include alphanumeric characters, uppercase and lowercase
characters, symbols and spaces.
• Passwords cannot have a number as the first character.
• Password-leading spaces are ignored, but all spaces after the first character are not
ignored.
• Best practice is to frequently change the passwords.

COMMANDS:

• (config) # enable secret ccnp

1. Is used to enter the enable mode or privilege exec mode.
2. This uses a one-way encryption hash based on MD5.

• (config) # enable password ccnp

1. This is also used to enter the enable mode or privilege mode, but if “enable
secret ccnp “configured will override the “enable password ccnp “.

2. By default this is not encrypted in the router configuration.

3. The virtual terminal password is not encrypted.

2. CONFIGURE THE LINE-LEVEL PASSWORD:

Configuration: The commands are same for line auxillary 0 and line vty 0 4

Page 280 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1

Line console 0
Login
Password ccnp

• CONSOLE PORT :

1. If a router is configured with the “no service password-recovery” , all access to
the ROM monitor (ROMMON) is disabled.

• VTY LINES :

1. You must configure a vty password before attempting to access the router using
telnet.
2. If you fail to set an enable password for the router, you will not be able to
access privileged-exec mode using Telnet.
3. Allow Telnet access from specific hosts only.
4. You must configure passwords for all the vty lines on the router.

• Auxillary Lines :

1. If you wish to turn off the EXEC process for the aux port, use the “no exec”
command within the auxillary line configuration mode.

Configuration for line auxillary line 0 :

R1

Line aux 0
Modem input
Speed 9600
Transport input all
Flowcontrol hardware
Login
Password ccnp

3. PASSWORD MINIMUM LENGTH ENFORCEMENT:

• Cisco IOS software release 12.3(1) and later allows to set the minimum character
length for all router passwords.
Page 281 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
• It is recommended that you set your minimum password length to at least 10
characters.

Command:

R1

Config terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Security passwords min-length 10
Enable secret ccnp
% Password too short - must be at least 10 characters. Password
configuration failed
Enable secret netmetrics

• If the password is not meeting the specified characters mentioned then an error
message is displayed on the console as shown in the above configuration.

4. ENCRYPTING PASSWORDS:

• A PROPRIETARY Cisco algorithm based on Vigenere cipher (indicated by the
number 7 when viewd in the configuration) allows the “service password-
encryption” command to encrypt all passwords (except the previously encrypted
enable secret passwords).
• When you remove the “service password-encryption” command with the “no”
from, this does not decrypt the passwords.

R1

Service password-encryption

5. ENHANCED USERNAME PASSWORD SECURITY:

Command:

1. R1 (config ) # username ccnp password 0 ccnp

0 Specifies an UNENCRYPTED password will follow

OR

R1 (config ) # username ccnp password 7 kfhkjfhkrhfr

Page 282 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
7 allows you to enter the ciphertext computed by the service password-encryption
command.

2. R1 (config ) # username ccnp secret 0 ccnp

0 Indicates that the following clear text password is to be hashed using MD5.

OR

R1 (config) # username ccnp secret 5 fhsdjhfsdfkjsdkfskfh

5 indicates that the following encrypted secret password was hashed using MD5

The jumbled word followed by the number 5 should be copied from the running
configuration. This is the encrypted password from the enable secret command.

6. SETTING A LOGIN FAILURE:

• Cisco IOS Software releases 12.3(1) supports to configure the number of
allowable unsuccessful login attempts by using the “security authentication
failure rate” from the global configuration mode.
• By default, router allows 10 login failures before initiating a 15-second delay.
• Generates a syslog message when rate is exceeded.

Command:

R1

Security authentication failure rate 10 threshold-rate log

• Threshold-rate is the number of allowable unsuccessful login attempts. The
default is 10 and the range is from 2 to 1024.
• The log keyword is required. Results in a generated syslog event.

Page 283 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1

Config terminal
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
aaa new-model
aaa authentication login local_auth local
username user1 password cisco
security authentication failure rate 2 log

line console 0
login authentication local_auth

• To verify the above configuration, exit from the router and try to log in again.
• Login with incorrect password twice and try again for the third time.
• When the number of failed login attempts reaches the configured rate , two events
occur:
1. An error message is sent by the router.
2. A 15-second delay timer starts. After the 15-second delay has passes, the
user may continue to attempt to log in to the router.

Verification:

User Access Verification

Username: user1
Password: (incorrect password)
% Authentication failed
Username: user1
Password: (incorrect password)
% Authentication failed

*Mar 2 17:32:02.939: %LOGIN-3-TOOMANY_AUTHFAILS: Too many Login
Authentication failures have occurred in the last one minute on the line 0.

7. SETTING A LOGIN FAILURE BLOCKING PERIOD:

• With this login enhancement command available in Cisco IOS software release
12.3(4) T and later, the router will not accept any additional login connections for
a “quiet period”, if the configured number of connection attempts fail within a
specified time period.
• But, Hosts that are permitted by a predefined ACL are excluded from the quiet
period by the global config command “login quiet-mode access-class”.
• Mitigates DoS and break-in attacks.

Page 284 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
• All login attempts made via Telnet, Secure Shell (SSH) and HTTP are denied
during the quiet period.

Command:

R1

login block-for seconds attempts tries within seconds

• Seconds: specifies the duration of time, or quiet period, during which login
attempts are denied.
• Attempts: maximum number of failed login attempts that triggers the quiet period.
• Within: duration of time in seconds during which the allowed number of failed
login attempts must be made before the quiet period is triggered.

R1

username user1 password user1

Enable secret cisco
Login block-for 30 attempts 4 within 20

Line vty 0 4
Login local

Verify the above configuration:

• Telnet from R2 (1.1.1.2) to R1(1.1.1.1)
• The router R1 prompts for username and password.
• Try logging with the incorrect password for 4 times as the attempt mentioned is 4.
• After the 4 unsuccessful attempts access to the router is denied and the router is in
a quiet period for 30 seconds.
• Can be verified by the following ;

R1#show login

A default login delay of 1 second is applied.
No Quiet-Mode access list has been configured.

Router enabled to watch for login Attacks.
If more than 4 login failures occur in 20 seconds or less,
logins will be disabled for 30 seconds.

Page 285 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Router presently in Quiet-Mode.
Will remain in Quiet-Mode for 18 seconds.
Denying logins from all sources
(18 seconds indicates the remaining time left form the 30 seconds to come out of the
quiet period.)

R1#show login failures

Total failed logins: 28
Detailed information about last 50 failures

Username SourceIPAddr lPort Count TimeStamp
user1 1.1.1.2 23 8 19:07:58 UTC Sat Jul 7 2007
user2 1.1.1.2 23 3 19:06:15 UTC Sat Jul 7 2007
user3 1.1.1.2 23 1 19:04:40 UTC Sat Jul 7 2007

• The output displays number of users tried to login unsuccessfully via Telnet.

System logging messages for a quiet period :

• login on-success : Generated for successful login
• login on-failure : Generated for failed login requests.

8. EXCLUDING ADDRESSES FROM LOGIN BLOCKING:

• In Cisco IOS software release 12.3(4) T, the IOS router will use the configured
ACL to permit login attempts when the router switches to quiet mode.

Command:

R1 (config) # login quiet-mode access-class {acl-name | acl-number}

• Configure an ACL permitting network 20.0.0.0 to R1.
• Configure login block-for 30 seconds

Page 286 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1

Username user1 password user1
Enable secret cisco
Login block-for 30 attempts 4 within 20

Line vty 0 4
Login local

Acess-list 1 permit 20.0.0.0 0.255.255.255
Login quiet-mode access-class 1

Verify the above configuration:

• Telnet from R2 (1.1.1.2) to R1 (1.1.1.1)
• R1 prompts for username and password.
• Try logging with incorrect password for 4 times as the attempts mentioned above
is 4.
• After the 4 unsuccessful attempts access to the router is denied and the router is in
a quiet period for 30 seconds.
• But with the login quiet-mode access-class command users from network 20.0.0.0
can try logging into the router even if the router is in the quiet period.
• Can be verified by the flowing: Try Telnet from the PC (20.1.1.20) to the router
R1 and access is permitted though the router is in the quiet period.

9. SETTING A LOGIN DELAY:

• A Cisco IOS device can accept login connections such as Telnet, SSH and HTTP
as fast as they can be processed.
• The login delay command introduces a uniform delay between successive login
attempts.
• The delay occurs for all login attempts (failed and successful attempts).
• Secure the device from dictionary attacks, which are an attempt to gain username
and password access to your device.
• The command was introduced in Cisco IOS software release 12.3(4)T.
• If not set, a default delay of one second is enforced.

10. SETTING TIMEOUTS:

• By default, an administrative interface stays active for 10 minutes after the last
session activity.
• After that the interface times out and logs out of the session.

Page 287 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
• Recommended to tune these timers for extra safety when an administrator walks
away from an active console session.
• Do not set the exec-timeout value to 0 as it indicates that there will be no timeout
and the session will stay active for unlimited time.

Command:

R1 (config-line) # exec-timeout minutes [seconds]

• Minutes: specifies the number of minutes the session will be terminated.

11. SETTING MULTIPLE PRIVILEGE LEVELS

• Cisco routers enable you to configure various privilege levels for your
administrators.
• Different passwords can be configured to control who has access to the various
privilege levels.
• Three types of levels :
1. Level 0 : predefined for user-level access privileges.
2. Level 2 to 14 : customized for user-level privileges.
3. Level 15 |: predefined for enable mode.

Command:

R1 (config) # privilege mode {level level command | reset command}

• Mode : specifies the configuration mode.
• Level : enables setting a privilege level .
• Command : sets the command to which privilege level is associated.
• Reset : command resets the privilege level command.
Scenario:

Assign “ping” and “show” command to the privilege level 2 and establish “cisco” as the
secret password for the users to enter the privilege level 2.

R1

Config t
Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.
Privilege exec level 2 ping
Privilege exec level 2 show
Enable secret level 2 cisco

Page 288 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verify the above configuration :

• Using the enable (level) command router will prompt for password to enter into
the privilege level 2.
• The users at this level are only restricted for exec commands only and not allowed
access to the configuration mode as the mode specified is only exec mode.

Verified by the following:

R1>enable 2
Password:cisco
R1#show privilege

Current privilege level is 2
R1#config t
^
% Invalid input detected at '^' marker.

• This error message indicates that the user is restricted to only exec mode and not
other modes.

12. CONFIGURE BANNER MESSAGES:

• Banner messages specify what the proper use of the system is.
• Specifies that the system is being monitored.
• Specifies that privacy should not be expected when using this system.

Command :

R1 (config) # banner {exec | incoming | login | motd | slip-ppp}
%message%

Where the character (%) mentioned before the start of the message and end of message
should be the same and must not be in the message, otherwise the message ends where
the character (%) is seen in the line.

Example:

R1 (config) # banner motd % This device is netmetric property. Please handle with care.
%

13. CONFIGURING ROLE-BASED CLI :
Page 289 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
• The role-based CLI access feature allows you to define “views” which are a set of
operational commands and configuration capabilities that provide selective or
partial access to Cisco IOS EXEC and configuration mode commands.
• Views restrict user access to Cisco IOS CLI and configuration information.
• View can define which commands are accepted and what configuration
information is visible.
• Cisco IOS software release 12.3(11)T can also specify an interface or a group of
interfaces to a view, allowing access based on specified interfaces.
• Access to the view is protected with a password.
• To simplify view management, views can be grouped to superviews to create
large sets of commands and interfaces.
• Root view is the highest administrative view and creating and modifying a view
or superview is possible only from root view.
• CLI views require AAA new-model.
• A maximum of 15 CLI views can exist in addition to the root view.

Scenario:

• Enable aaa new-model and create a view.
• Specify the mode in which the specified command exists.

R1

aaa new-model
exit

enable view
configure terminal
parser view view1
secret 0 cisco
command exec include show version
command exec include configure terminal
command exec include all show ip
exit

Verify the above configuration:

• If the user wants to enter into the root view.

R1 (config ) # aaa new-model
R1 (config ) # exit
R1 # enable view view1
The router prompts for password
Page 290 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Password: cisco
R1 #

• If the user wants to view the available commands in the view.

R1#?
Exec commands:
<1-99> Session number to resume
configure Enter configuration mode0
enable Turn on privileged commands
exit Exit from the EXEC
show Show running system information

• The output displays available commands in the exec mode .

R1#show ?
flash: display information about flash: file system
ip IP information
parser Display parser information
slot0: display information about slot0: file system
slot1: display information about slot1: file system
version System hardware and software status

• The output displays configured keywords ip and version apart form parser which
is always available.

R1#show ip ?

accounting The active IP accounting database
aliases IP alias table
arp IP ARP table
as-path-access-list List AS path access lists
bgp BGP information
cache IP fast-switching route cache
casa display casa information
cef Cisco Express Forwarding
ddns Dynamic DNS
dfp DFP information
extcommunity-list List extended-community list
--More--

• The output displays all the sub-options available in the view.
Note :
Page 291 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
• Role-based CLI facilitates the concept of grouping CLI views into view supersets
, called superviews.
• A superview consists of one or more CLI views.
• CLI view can be shared among multiple superviews.
• Each superview has a password .
• If a superview is deleted , all CLI views associated with that deleted superview
will not be deleted.

Configuration:

R1

aaa new-model
exit

enable view

configure terminal
parser view view1
secret 0 cisco
command exec include show version
command exec include configure terminal
command exec include all show ip
exit

parser view view2
secret 0 ccnp
command exec include show flash
command exec include ping
exit

parser view superview1
password 0 ccnp1
view view1
view view2

Verify:

R1 # show parser view [all]

The output will display all the CLI views configured on the router.

14. SECURE CONFIGURATION FILES :
Page 292 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
• The Cisco resilient configuration feature enables a router to secure and maintain a
working copy of the running image and configuration so that those files can
withstand malicious attempts to erase the contents of persistent storage in
NVRAM and flash.
• This set of image and router running configuration is referred to as the primary
bootset.
• This feature is available only on platforms that support a PCMCIA card.

Command:

R1

secure boot-image
secure boot-config

• The above configuration can be verified :

R1 # show secure bootset

• The output displays the status of the configuration resilience and the primary
bootset filename.

Secure configuration files recovery :

• Use the reload command in the privilege mode to restart it and interrupt the boot
sequence to enter the ROMMON mode .
• In the ROMMON , use the dir and boot commands to view the contents of the file
system and select a secure image to boot the router from .

Command:

rommon 1 > dir slot0:
rommon 2 > boot slot0:c3745-js2-mz

• If the startup configuration was deleted, the router will prompt for interactive
configuration input.
• You should decline to enter an interactive configuration session in setup mode if
you secured the configuration file.
• Use the secure boot-config restore command to recover the secured startup
configuration and save it under a specified filename.
• Finally copy the recovered file to the running configuration to resume normal
operations.

Page 293 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
R1

secure boot-config restore slot0:rescue
copy slot0:rescue running-config

• Restores the secure configuration to a filename.

Page 294 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
PAPER 4

OPTIMIZING CONVERGED CISCO NETWORKS

ONT (642–845)

Page 295 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
ONT LAB INDEX

1. CONFIGURING LEGACY CUSTOM QUEUEING.

2. CONFIGURING LEGACY PRIORITY QUEUEING

3. CONFIGURING MODULAR QOS CLI WITH NBAR

4. CONFIGURING MQC WITHOUT NBAR

5. CONFIGURING MQC LOW LATENCY QUEUEING WITH NBAR

6. CONFIGURING MQC LLQ WITHOUT NBAR

7. CONFIGURING LEGACY GENERIC TRAFFIC SHAPING

8. CONFIGURING LEGACY COMMITTED ACCESS RATE

9. CONFIGURING MQC POLICING

Page 296 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 1 – Configuring Legacy Custom Queueing

R1

E3/0

Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1
Configure Custom Queueing on R1 so that traffic leaving e3/0 is guranteed 50 % of
bandwidth for HTTP, 20 % of bandwidth for SMTP, 10 % bandwidth for TELNET and
20 % bandwidth for other traffic.

Create custom queue list 1

Assign the traffic according to the bandwidth availability and allocate byte counts.

Apply the custom queue list to the e3/0 interface on R1.

R1

Queue-list 1 protocol ip 1 tcp www
Queue-list 1 protocol ip 2 tcp smtp
Queue-list 1 protocol ip 3 tcp telnet
Queue-list 1 default 4

Queue-list 1 queue 1 byte-count 5000
Queue-list 1 queue 2 byte-count 2000
Queue-list 1 queue 3 byte-count 1000
Queue-list 1 queue 4 byte-count 2000

Int e3/0
Custom-queue-list 1

Page 297 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

R1#show queueing custom

Current custom queue configuration:

List Queue Args
1 4 default
1 1 protocol ip tcp port www
1 2 protocol ip tcp port smtp
1 3 protocol ip tcp port telnet
1 1 byte-count 5000
1 2 byte-count 2000
1 3 byte-count 1000
1 4 byte-count 2000

The output displays the current custom queue configuration.

R1#show interfaces e3/0

Ethernet3/0 is up, line protocol is up
Hardware is AmdP2, address is 000b.5f56.fb31 (bia 000b.5f56.fb31)
Internet address is 10.1.1.1/8
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
Last input 00:02:15, output 00:00:07, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
Queueing strategy: custom-list 1
Output queues: (queue #: size/max/drops)
0: 0/20/0 1: 0/20/0 2: 0/20/0 3: 0/20/0 4: 0/20/0
5: 0/20/0 6: 0/20/0 7: 0/20/0 8: 0/20/0 9: 0/20/0
10: 0/20/0 11: 0/20/0 12: 0/20/0 13: 0/20/0 14: 0/20/0
15: 0/20/0 16: 0/20/0

As the custom-queue is applied to this interface, we can see from the output that the
queuing strategy used is custom-queue.

By default 16 queues can be assigned in one custom queue.

Page 298 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab
Lab 2 –RIP
9 – IP Configuring
Triggered Lagacy Priority Queuing

(Scenario Based On Lab 1)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure legacy priority on R1 so that traffic leaving e3/0 interface is prioritized
accordingly.

Assign the traffic priority
-High – http
-Medium – telnet
-Normal – IP
-Low - other

Apply the priority list to the Ethernet interface

R1

Priority-list 1 protocol ip high tcp www
Priority-list 1 protocol ip medium tcp telnet
Priority-list 1 protocol ip normal
Priority-list 1 default

Int e3/0
Priority-group 1

Page 299 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification :

Router#show queueing priority

Current DLCI priority queue configuration:
Current priority queue configuration:

List Queue Args
1 low default
1 medium protocol ip tcp port telnet
1 normal protocol ip
1 high protocol ip tcp port www

The output displays the current priority queue configuration.

Router#show interfaces e3/0

Ethernet3/0 is up, line protocol is up
Hardware is AmdP2, address is 000b.5f56.fb31 (bia 000b.5f56.fb31)
Internet address is 10.1.1.1/8
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 10000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 1/255
Encapsulation ARPA, loopback not set
Keepalive set (10 sec)
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
Last input 00:00:39, output 00:00:09, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
Queueing strategy: priority-list 1
Output queue (queue priority: size/max/drops):
high: 0/20/0, medium: 0/40/0, normal: 0/60/0, low: 0/80/0
5 minute input rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec
5 minute output rate 0 bits/sec, 0 packets/sec

The output displays the queuing strategy for that particular interface.

Router#show queueing interface e3/0

Interface Ethernet3/0 queueing strategy: priority

Output queue utilization (queue/count)
high/182 medium/0 normal/4784 low/413

The output displays the created priority-list and the priorities.

Page 300 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 3 – Configuring Modular QOS CLI
With NBAR
(Scenario Based On Lab 1)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure the MQC on R1 so that traffic leaving ethernet 3/0 interface is guaranteed the
following amount of bandwidth, i.e., http 50%, SMTP 20 %, telnet 10%, and other 20 %.

Create class-map and assign the traffic to the class-map.

Create policy-map and assign the class-map --- certain amount of bandwidth.

Apply the policy to the interface.

R1

Ip cef

Class-map match-all map1
Match protocol http
Class-map match-all map2
Match protocol smtp
Class-map match-all map3
Match protocol telnet

Policy-map pmap
Class map1
Bandwidth percent 50
Class map2
Bandwidth percent 20
Class map3
Bandwidth percent 10
Class class-default
Bandwidth percent 20
Page 301 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Int e3/0
Max-reserved-bandwidth 100
Service-policy output pmap

Note: Note that the bandwidth value to be reserved on the ethernet interface is set to
100%.

Verification:

Router#show policy-map interface ethernet 3/0

Ethernet3/0
Service-policy output: pmap
Class-map: map1 (match-all)
0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: protocol http
Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 265
Bandwidth 50 (%)
Class-map: map2 (match-all)
0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: protocol smtp
Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 266
Bandwidth 20 (%)
Class-map: map3 (match-all)
207 packets, 17433 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: protocol telnet
Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 267
Bandwidth 10 (%)
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
30 packets, 2897 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: any
Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 268
Bandwidth 20 (%)

The output displays all the class-maps created.
Page 302 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 4 – Configuring MQC without NBAR

(Scenario Based On Lab 1)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure MQC on R1 so that traffic leaving its ethernet 3/0 interface is guranteed the
amount of bandwidth configured.

Create class-map for traffic classification.

Traffic classified using ACL.

Create policy-map to apply QOS features to the class-map

Apply to the interface.

R1

Ip cef

Class-map match-all map1
Match access-group name map1
Class-map match-all map2
Match access-group name map2
Class-map match-all map3
Match access-group name map3

Policy-map pmap
Class map1
Bandwidth percent 50
Class map2
Bandwidth percent 20
Page 303 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Class map3
Bandwidth percent 10
Class class-default
Bandwidth percent 20

Int e3/0
Max-reserved-bandwidth 100
Service-policy output pmap

Ip access-list extended map1
permit tcp any any eq www
permit tcp any eq www any

Ip access-list extended map2
permit tcp any any eq smtp
permit tcp any eq smtp any

Ip access-list extended map3
permit tcp any any eq telnet
permit tcp any eq telnet any

Verification:

Router#show policy-map interface e3/0

Ethernet3/0
Service-policy output: pmap

Class-map: map1 (match-all)
0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: access-group name map1
Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 265
Bandwidth 50 (%)
Class-map: map2 (match-all)
0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: access-group name map2
Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 266
Bandwidth 20 (%)

Page 304 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Class-map: map3 (match-all)
17 packets, 1113 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: access-group name map3
Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 267
Bandwidth 10 (%)
Class-map: class-default (match-any)
0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: any
Queueing
Output Queue: Conversation 268
Bandwidth 20 (%)

The output displays the classmap’s created.

Router#show queueing interface e3/0

Interface Ethernet3/0 queueing strategy: fair
Input queue: 0/75/0/0 (size/max/drops/flushes); Total output drops: 0
Queueing strategy: Class-based queueing
Output queue: 0/1000/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops)
Conversations 0/1/256 (active/max active/max total)
Reserved Conversations 4/4 (allocated/max allocated)
Available Bandwidth 0 kilobits/sec

Page 305 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 5 – Configuring MQC Low Latency
Queueing with NBAR
(Scenario Based On Lab 1)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1
Configure MQC on R1 so that telnet traffic up to 500 kbps is sent first.

Create class-map and policy-map.

Apply the policy to the ethernet interface

R1

Ip cef

Class-map match-all map1
Match protocol telnet

Policy-map pmap
Class map1
Priority 500

Int e3/0
Service-policy output pmap

Page 306 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

Router#show policy-map interface e3/0

Ethernet3/0

Service-policy output: pmap

Class-map: map1 (match-all)
0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: protocol telnet
Queueing
Strict Priority
Output Queue: Conversation 264
Bandwidth 500 (kbps) Burst 12500 (Bytes)
(pkts matched/bytes matched) 0/0
(total drops/bytes drops) 0/0

Class-map: class-default (match-any)
5 packets, 570 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: any

The output displays policy-map created and the class-maps within the policy-map.

Page 307 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 6 – Configuring MQC LLQ without NBAR

(Scenario Based On Lab 1)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1
Configure MQC on R1 so that all telnet traffic upto 500 kbps is sent first without NBAR.

Create class-map and policy-map.

Apply the policy to the ethernet interface

R1

Ip cef

Class-map match-all map1
Match access-group name group1

Policy-map pmap
Class map1
Priority 500

Ip access-list extended group1
Permit tcp any any eq telnet
Permit tcp any eq telnet any

Int e3/0
Service-policy output pmap

Page 308 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

Router#show policy-map interface e3/0

Ethernet3/0
Service-policy output: pmap

Class-map: map1 (match-all)
0 packets, 0 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: access-group name group1
Queueing
Strict Priority
Output Queue: Conversation 264
Bandwidth 500 (kbps) Burst 12500 (Bytes)
(pkts matched/bytes matched) 0/0
(total drops/bytes drops) 0/0

Class-map: class-default (match-any)
3 packets, 180 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: any

The output displays the class-map created in the policy-map that is applied on this
interface.

Page 309 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 7 – Configure Legacy Generic Traffic Shaping

(Scenario Based On Lab 1)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure legacy generic traffic shaping on R1 to limit the output rate on the ethernet
interface to 720 kbps.

Use a committed bursts value of 60 kbps.

R1

Int e3/0
Traffic-shape rate 720000 60000 0 1500

Where:

720000 – traffic bit rate in bits per second.
60000 – bits per interval sustained.
0 -- bits per internal excess in first internal.
1500 -- set buffer limit.

Page 310 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

Router#show traffic-shape

Interface Et3/0
Access Target Byte Sustain Excess Interval Increment Adapt
VC List Rate Limit bits/int bits/int (ms) (bytes) Active
- 720000 7500 60000 0 83 7500 -

The output displays the configured routes to shape the traffic.

Router#show traffic-shape statistics

Acc. Queue Packets Bytes Packets Bytes Shaping
I/F List Depth Delayed Delayed Active
Et3/0 0 31 3210 0 0 no

The output displays all the packets delayed and bytes delayed

Router#show traffic-shape queue

Traffic queued in shaping queue on Ethernet3/0
Queueing strategy: weighted fair
Queueing Stats: 0/1500/64/0 (size/max total/threshold/drops)
Conversations 0/0/64 (active/max active/max total)
Reserved Conversations 0/0 (allocated/max allocated)
Available Bandwidth 720 kilobits/sec

The output displays the available bandwidth that is configured.

Page 311 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 8 – Configuring Legacy Committed Access-Rate

(Scenario Based On Lab 1)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure legacy committed access rate on R1 to limit the input rate on e3/0 to 720 kbps.
All other traffic above this rate to be dropped.

R1

Int e3/0
Rate-limit input 720000 15000 15000 confirm-action transmit exceed-action drop

Where:
720000 – bits per second (rate)
15000 -- normal burst size in bytes
15000 -- maximum burst in bytes.

Router#show interfaces ethernet 3/0 rate-limit
Ethernet3/0
Input
matches: all traffic
params: 720000 bps, 15000 limit, 15000 extended limit
conformed 0 packets, 0 bytes; action: transmit
exceeded 0 packets, 0 bytes; action: drop
last packet: 19565252ms ago, current burst: 0 bytes
last cleared 00:00:24 ago, conformed 0 bps, exceeded 0 bps

The output displays the configured rates to this particular interface e3/0 on R1.

Page 312 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Lab 9 – Configuring MQC Policing

(Scenario Based On Lab 1)
Interface IP Address Configuration

R1

Interface IP Address Subnet Mask
E 3/0 10.1.1.1 255.0.0.0

Lab Objective:

Task 1

Configure MQC policing on R1 to limit the input rate on the ethernet interface to 720
kbps. All traffic above this rate is dropped.

R1

Policy-map pmap
Class class-default
Police cir 720000 bc 15000 bc 15000
Confirm-action transmit
Exceed-action drop

Int e3/0
Service-policy input pmap

Where:

BC confirm burst
Burst of 15000 in bytes

Be excess burst
Burst of 15000 in bytes

Page 313 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
Verification:

Router#show policy-map interface e3/0

Ethernet3/0

Service-policy input: pmap

Class-map: class-default (match-any)
3 packets, 276 bytes
5 minute offered rate 0 bps, drop rate 0 bps
Match: any
police:
cir 720000 bps, bc 15000 bytes
conformed 3 packets, 276 bytes; actions:
transmit
exceeded 0 packets, 0 bytes; actions:
drop
conformed 0 bps, exceed 0 bps

The output displays the configured traffic policing parameters on this particular interface.

Page 314 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS

www.netmetric-solutions.com
TRAINING TOMMORROW’S PROFESSIONAL TODAY
INFO@NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS.COM

Page 315 of 315
NETMETRIC-SOLUTIONS
www.netmetric-solutions.com
All contents are copyright @ 2007-2010
All rights reserved.